{"title":"202pin","description":null,"products":[{"product_id":"marigold-jasmine-fabric-garland-set-of-6","title":"Marigold and Jasmine Fabric Garland Set of 6 - 7FT or 10FT","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe yellow marigold and white jasmine pairing, in fabric rather than plastic, on strings long enough that six of them frame a full doorway or mandap on both sides.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt up to ten feet per string this set gives up to sixty feet of garland — the reason it gets bought for whole-room jobs rather than single accents.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6 garland strings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLength: 7 feet or 10 feet per string\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: fabric, tassel, faux pearl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColours: Yellow, White, Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePerfect for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWedding entrances and mandap framing · staircases and banisters that need a full run · haldi and mehndi ceremonies · Ganesh Chaturthi and Diwali doorways · decorators working at scale.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWays to use it\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFrame a wedding entrance or mandap on both sides. Wind a string down a staircase banister in one continuous run. Drape a stage or photo backdrop. Because each string is 7 or 10 feet, you rarely need to join two together to cover a doorway.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eOccasions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWeddings and mandaps, haldi and mehndi, Ganesh Chaturthi, Diwali, pooja room decor, housewarmings, stage and photo backdrops.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy customers love it\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFabric holds its colour and shape better than moulded plastic and reads softer in photographs. The 10 ft length is the longest single string we carry, so a staircase run needs no joins.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow to hang\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA push pin or small adhesive hook at each end and one in the middle stops a long string from sagging. No drilling required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePins and hooks are not included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOn a staircase, pin every 3 to 4 feet along the banister so the garland swags evenly rather than pulling straight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare \u0026amp; storage\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndoor use. The fabric and tassels are not weatherproof, so keep them out of rain and direct sun.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust with a dry cloth or a soft brush. Do not wash.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore hanging or loosely coiled rather than folded — at 10 feet these tangle easily if bundled.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReusable season after season, which is the whole point of choosing these over fresh flowers that are finished by the evening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eExplore more Indian garlands and festive decor in our full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/buy-affordable-indian-pooja-garlands-online-in-usa-urli-utsav\"\u003eTorans, Garlands \u0026amp; Danglers\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips free across the USA and Canada from San Ramon, California. Most orders leave within one business day. Handmade in India.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"7FT","offer_id":67698218139721,"sku":"garland-UU74","price":100.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"10FT","offer_id":67698218172489,"sku":"garland-UU73","price":110.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"7FT – Set of 2","offer_id":67698218205257,"sku":"garland-UU73-2","price":30.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"10FT – Set of 2","offer_id":67698218238025,"sku":"garland-UU74-2","price":32.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0989\/4002\/6953\/files\/garlands-fabric-yellow-12.jpg?v=1792243200"},{"product_id":"border-rangoli-mat-set-entry-door-decor","title":"Border Rangoli Mat Set of 2 - 3FT Entryway Diwali Decor","description":"\u003cp\u003eTwo 3-foot border mats embroidered in wool yarn, made to run along a threshold rather than sit in the middle of a floor. Lay one at a single door or both across a double door.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo mats per set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 feet long each\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWool yarn embroidery on a backed base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour designs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpot clean only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat a border rangoli is\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot every rangoli is a circle. The border form - a long band worked along the doorstep - is what most households actually draw, because it frames the entrance and does not get walked through. These are that shape, in wool yarn on a backed base, two to a set.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRangoli is drawn on the floor at the threshold - traditionally in rice flour, coloured powder or flower petals, redrawn each morning of a festival. It is beautiful and it is a lot of work, and it is gone by evening. A rangoli mat is the same design worked in wool yarn on a backed base, so it goes down in seconds, survives being walked past, and comes out again next year.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy a set of two\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause one is rarely the right length. Each mat is 3 feet long: one covers a standard single door, two laid end to end cover a double door or a wide hallway, and two facing each other frame a passage. Buying them singly would mean most people ordering twice, so we sell the pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich design\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePinkFlower\u003c\/strong\u003e - pink lotus\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesiAllure\u003c\/strong\u003e - orange-red sunflower\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElegantFlower\u003c\/strong\u003e - yellow sunflower with blue and pink accents\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndianClassic\u003c\/strong\u003e - orange, yellow and red scallop finished with red pompom tassels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou receive two mats of the design you choose, not one of each. The scallop design is the only one with tassels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhere they go\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAlong the front doorstep, which is what they are for. Across a double-door threshold, end to end. Down either side of a hallway. At the base of a staircase. Along the front edge of a mandir or a pooja shelf. Against the wall behind a low table at a ceremony.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe rest of the range\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe make four: \u003ca href=\"\/products\/3ft-traditional-indian-rangoli-mat-aasan-for-puja-home-temple-decor\"\u003ethe 3FT round mat in eleven designs\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rangoli-mat-diwali-decor\"\u003ethe round mat in 3FT and 4FT\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/aesthetic-rangoli-set-with-pom-pom-gota-mirror-festive-home-decor-housewarming-gift-wedding-diwali-decoration\"\u003ethe pom-pom and mirror rangoli set\u003c\/a\u003e. The round mats sit in the middle of a floor or under a lamp; the border set runs along a threshold; the pom-pom set is rigid pieces you arrange rather than a single mat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA rangoli mat is one of the safest gifts to send an Indian household in the US - it needs no sizing, it is used every festival, and it solves a problem the recipient actually has. Tell us at checkout if you are sending it directly and we will leave the invoice out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I get two of the same design or one of each?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTwo of the same. Choose one design and both mats in the set match, which is what you want if they are going end to end across one doorway.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is the pair laid end to end?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSix feet, which covers most double doors and a good stretch of hallway. Each mat is 3 feet on its own.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSpot clean with mild detergent and cool water, then let it dry flat. Do not machine wash and do not dry clean - wool yarn on a backed base is not built for a drum, and soaking will lift the backing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan people walk on it in shoes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is built to be walked past rather than walked on repeatedly in outdoor shoes. Treat it as floor decor rather than a doormat - it is not made to scrape grit off soles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I put diyas on it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOnly in a holder with a solid base, or on a small tray. Wool yarn will scorch and it will catch. Tealights in metal or glass holders are the safe version and they look better anyway.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I put it outside the front door?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOn a covered porch or an apartment landing, yes, and that is where a lot of them go. Not somewhere it will be rained on or sit in standing water. Bring it in after the festival and it will last years.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill mine look exactly like the photograph?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe design will. Because the yarn is laid by hand, the density of the embroidery and the exact placement of the colours vary slightly from mat to mat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I store it between festivals?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRoll it rather than folding it, pattern side out, and keep it somewhere dry. A folded crease in the yarn takes a while to drop out; a rolled one does not form.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eShipping is insured. Photograph it, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace it or make it right. Tell us your festival date in the same email and we will prioritise it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes - these are ordered in multiples for temples, community halls and event setups. Email contact@urliutsav.com with your quantity and date and we will quote you.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. Both mats ship rolled together in one long box. If it arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it - transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full range in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-festive-decor\"\u003eDiwali \u0026amp; Festive Decor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Indian Classic","offer_id":67698218467401,"sku":"bodermat-60","price":50.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Desi Allure","offer_id":67698218500169,"sku":"bodermat-61","price":50.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Pink Flower","offer_id":67698218532937,"sku":"bodermat-62","price":50.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Elegant Flower","offer_id":67698218565705,"sku":"bodermat-63","price":50.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0989\/4002\/6953\/files\/RangoliMat-EntryDecor-6.jpg?v=1792243202"},{"product_id":"brass-kamdhenu-cow-calf-idol","title":"Brass Kamdhenu Cow with Calf Statue - Hand-Engraved, 2 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKamdhenu\u003c\/strong\u003e is the wish-fulfilling cow of Hindu tradition, said to have risen from the churning of the ocean, and she is kept in homes as a symbol of abundance and nourishment. This is Kamdhenu with her calf, cast in solid brass and hand-engraved, in an antique gold finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight 5 in · Width 6 in · Depth 4 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight 2,090 g (approx. 74 oz \/ 4.6 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: solid brass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: antique gold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand-engraved detailing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSingle piece - one statue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandcrafted in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2,090 g of solid brass\u003c\/strong\u003e - about 4.6 lb - in a piece only 5 inches tall. That density is the difference between a cast brass statue and a plated or resin one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCow and calf together\u003c\/strong\u003e, which is the form that carries the meaning. A Kamdhenu without the calf is just a cow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHand-engraved floral work\u003c\/strong\u003e across the body, visible close up rather than only in silhouette.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAntique gold rather than bright polish\u003c\/strong\u003e, so it reads as an inherited piece rather than a new ornament.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA home temple or pooja shelf, a Vastu corner, an entryway console, a desk, or a living room shelf. At 5 inches tall it fits where a full statue will not, but the weight keeps it steady wherever it sits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA griha pravesh and housewarming gift, and a common one at weddings and Diwali. Kamdhenu carries a wish for abundance in the new home, which is why she is given at beginnings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does Kamdhenu represent?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAbundance, nourishment and motherhood. In the Puranas she emerges during the Samudra Manthan, the churning of the cosmic ocean, and grants the wishes of whoever keeps her. The calf at her side is part of the symbol, not an addition to it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it really?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5 inches tall, 6 inches wide and 4 inches deep. Compact, but at 4.6 lb it is much heavier than it looks in a photograph.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it solid brass?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. At 2,090 g in a 5-inch piece the weight confirms it - a plated or hollow piece of these dimensions would weigh a fraction as much.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the finish change over time?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBrass darkens naturally. Polish it back with a standard brass cleaner if you prefer it bright, or leave it to deepen - both are normal and neither harms the piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDust with a dry cloth, working into the engraving with a soft brush. Avoid water and never put it in a dishwasher. Use brass polish sparingly and buff dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it go outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is made for indoor use. Brass weathers and spots outdoors, so keep it sheltered if you put it on a covered porch or patio.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere should it be placed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThere is no fixed rule. Most people keep it in the pooja room or on an entryway console. In Vastu practice the north-east is the usual corner for auspicious objects.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eShipping is insured. Photograph the damage, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace it or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer, so please check the dimensions against your space first.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. Brass is heavy and we pack it accordingly - if anything arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee more brass decor and spiritual pieces in our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/collections\/brass-love\"\u003eBrass Love Collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67698218729545,"sku":"brass-kamdhenu-27","price":90.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0989\/4002\/6953\/files\/kamdhenu-7.jpg?v=1792243203"},{"product_id":"potli-bags-set-of-10","title":"Potli Bags Set of 10 - Bandhani Drawstring Favour Pouches","description":"\u003cp\u003eA potli is the drawstring pouch Indian clothing used instead of pockets - gathered at the neck with a cord, carried by the wrist. These are made in Bandhani, the tie-dye of Gujarat and Rajasthan, and finished with gold tassels. Ten bags to a set, eight inches square, in an assortment of colours.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of 10 bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 x 8 inches each\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal weight: 200 g (approx. 7 oz) for all ten\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBandhani-dyed fabric with bead and tassel trim\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrawstring closure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry clean only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrice is for the set of ten\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat Bandhani is\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBandhani, or bandhej, is tie-dye done at a scale that is hard to believe until you see it close up. The cloth is pinched into hundreds of tiny points, each one tied off with thread, then dyed - the tied points resist the dye and come out as dots. The word comes from bandhan, to tie. It is one of the oldest surviving dye traditions in India and the reason these bags have that speckled, uneven pattern rather than a printed one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy these\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTen bags for the price most places charge for two or three, and they are the return gift guests actually keep. A potli holds earrings, a ring, coins, a car key - so it stays in a drawer and gets reused instead of going in the bin the week after the wedding. 200 g for all ten, which means a set posts anywhere for almost nothing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in the set\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTen bags in total, eight inches square\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn assortment of colours - red, yellow, pink and a pale gold or ivory\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvery bag has a drawstring neck and gold tassels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe colour split is fixed rather than chosen, and it is roughly two or three of each. Check the photographs for the exact shades.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhere they work\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWedding and mehndi favours, Diwali gift bags, a return gift table at a function, or filled with sweets and set at each place. Outside a function they are jewellery pouches - one bangle stack per bag keeps the whole lot from tangling in a suitcase.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a bulk-gifting product first. Weddings, mehndi and haldi, Diwali, baby showers, a Golu, or a corporate Diwali hamper. Most customers fill them before giving - dry fruit, chocolates, a small silver coin, or the gift itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDry clean only. Bandhani is dyed rather than printed, so washing at home will bleed the colour. Keep them out of prolonged direct sun.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many bags do I get?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTen. The price is for the whole set, not per bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I choose the colours?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo - the assortment is fixed. You get a spread across red, yellow, pink and a pale gold or ivory. If you need a single colour in quantity, email us and we will tell you what is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is eight inches, in practice?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAbout the size of a paperback. It takes a bangle stack, a jewellery set, a phone, or a handful of sweets - not a clutch you would carry to dinner.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre they lined?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey are fabric pouches with a drawstring, made for dry items. Do not use them for anything oily or wet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is Bandhani?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA tie-dye technique from Gujarat and Rajasthan in which the cloth is tied off in hundreds of tiny points before dyeing, so the tied spots stay undyed. The dots are the signature.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill mine look exactly like the photographs?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eClose, not identical. Bandhani is a hand process, so the dot pattern and the depth of colour vary from bag to bag - that is what tells you it is not printed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order more than ten?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Email contact@urliutsav.com with your quantity and your date and we will quote you and confirm timing before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if they arrive damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eShipping is insured. Photograph the damage, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace them or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return them?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. If it arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it - transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee more gifting pieces in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-return-gifts\"\u003eIndian Return Gifts\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67698218926153,"sku":"potli-gift","price":48.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0989\/4002\/6953\/files\/Potli-3.jpg?v=1792243206"},{"product_id":"vibrant-brass-diya-set-6-colorful-diwali-lights","title":"Brass Akhand Diya Set of 12 - Coloured Lotus Base Oil Diyas","description":"\u003cp\u003eTwelve brass oil bowls, each with a small raised post at the centre for the wick, seated on a coloured metal lotus base with a little foot underneath. Four each in red, pink and blue, three inches across and just under two inches tall.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of 12 diyas - 4 red, 4 pink, 4 blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 in diameter, 1.75 in high\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e270 g for the set of 12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: brass oil bowl on an iron lotus base with coloured polish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRaised central wick post\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eArrives in gift boxes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe raised post in the middle is what makes this an akhand diya - it holds the wick upright and central so a flame can burn steadily for hours rather than sliding to one side and drowning. The bowl itself is brass, which is why it costs a little more than the flat coloured set, and the petal base lifts the whole thing off the surface so heat does not transfer down into a wooden table.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do I need\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe sell two colourful twelve-piece sets and they are easy to confuse from athumbnail:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShallow spout diya, 3 in, 0.5 in tall\u003c\/strong\u003e - the classic oil-lamp outline with apointed beak at one end, scalloped coloured rim, plain gold well. Sits almost flat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrass akhand diya on a petal base, 3 in, 1.75 in tall\u003c\/strong\u003e - a real brass oil bowlwith a raised wick post in the centre, seated on a coloured metal lotus base with a small foot.This is the one for a continuous oil flame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA puja room or mandir shelf, where a longer flame matters. Also good on a dining table precisely because the base lifts the bowl clear of the wood.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrass carries weight as a gift in a way that polished iron does not, and this is the only brass piece in the collection. Twelve boxed diyas covers most of a guest list.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eQuestions people ask\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat do I burn in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eGhee or oil with a cotton wick around the centre post. A standard tea light will not sit in this bowl - the post is in the way, and that is deliberate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does one filling burn?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThat depends entirely on your oil and wick thickness, so we would rather not put a number on it. The point of the design is a steady upright flame, not a specific duration.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the brass?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWipe out the cooled oil with a paper towel, then a soft dry cloth. The brass will darken over time, which most people prefer. If you want it bright again, any household brass polish works on the bowl - keep it off the coloured base.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the coloured part brass too?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The bowl is brass; the lotus base under it is iron with a coloured polish. We would rather be exact about that than let the word brass cover the whole piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I choose the colours?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, every set is four red, four pink and four blue.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use them outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor an evening, yes - a covered porch or a still patio is fine. Bring them in overnight. Dew and sprinklers are what damage a gold polish, not the outdoors itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere are these made?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIndia, by hand. Small differences between pieces in a set are normal and are how you can tell handwork from a machine-pressed import.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order a larger quantity for an event?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Sets like this go out for weddings, temple events and office Diwali parties fairly often. Message us with your date and rough numbers before you order a set of twelve and we will tell you what we can hold.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMore festive lighting in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/diwali-diyas-tlights\"\u003eT-Lights \u0026amp; Diwali Diyas\u003c\/a\u003e collection, and small-gift ideas in \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-return-gifts\"\u003eIndian Return Gifts\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67698219024457,"sku":"diya-code15","price":40.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0989\/4002\/6953\/files\/BrassDiwaliDiya6.jpg?v=1792243207"},{"product_id":"30-inch-om-string-art","title":"30-Inch Om (AUM) String Art - Handmade Nail and Thread Wall Art","description":"\u003cp\u003eOm, written AUM, is the syllable Hindu tradition treats as the first sound - three curves, a crescent and a dot, standing for waking, dreaming, deep sleep and the silence beyond them. Here it is wound in white thread at the centre of a thirty-inch wheel of coloured petals, with small mirrors set into the surround.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30 inch diameter - two and a half feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e12 mm thick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 4,350 g (approx. 9.6 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMDF board with nails, coloured thread and tiny mirrors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India, signed by the artist Ekta Thakur Sharma\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanging hooks fitted to the back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eArrives framed and ready to hang\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow it is made\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eHundreds of nails are driven into a wooden board along the outline of the image, and coloured thread is then wound between them, pass after pass, until the density of the crossings builds the picture. Nothing is printed and nothing is glued down. The shading you see is thread laid more or less thickly, which is why the surface changes as you move past it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo and a half feet across, 4,350 g - about 9.6 lb. The Om itself is wound in white so it stays legible against the colour behind it, and tiny mirrors are set into the outer band, which is the detail that separates this from the Ganesha piece. Most Om wall decor is cut metal or a vinyl decal; this has depth you can see from an angle and a surface that changes as the light moves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhere it goes\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYoga and meditation rooms, above an altar or mandir, in a studio reception, on a stair wall, or over a fireplace. It is the piece people buy for a room they want to sit in rather than pass through.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe other string art pieces\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo more are made the same way: the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/30-dia-handmade-ganesha-string-art-urli-utsav-nail-and-thread-wall-decor\"\u003eGanesha face\u003c\/a\u003e in the same 30-inch size, and the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/24x12-handmade-golden-gate-bridge-string-art-san-francisco-nail-and-thread-wall-decor\"\u003eGolden Gate Bridge\u003c\/a\u003e in landscape format. All three are signed by the artist, Ekta Thakur Sharma.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHanging it\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eHooks are fitted to the back. Fix into a stud or a drywall anchor rated for the weight; a plain picture nail will not hold. Screws and wall anchors are not supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDust occasionally with a soft dry brush or a low-suction vacuum brush attachment. Keep water and cleaning sprays away from the threads - they will mark and sag.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow large is it really?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThirty inches across - two and a half feet. Tape up a 30-inch paper circle before ordering; it is larger than most people picture.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the mirrors real glass?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes - small cut glass mirrors set into the board around the thread work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it signed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Each piece is signed by the artist, Ekta Thakur Sharma.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan a thread come loose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe winding is tensioned and anchored on nails, so a single strand cannot unravel the piece. If a loop is knocked out of place it can be eased back with a fingertip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4,350 g, about 9.6 lb. Fix both hooks into studs or rated anchors, and hang it with two people.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it the same design as the photographs?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe layout and palette are the same, but each wheel is wound by hand, so petal density and colour placement vary slightly between pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for a yoga studio or a shared space?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. At thirty inches it reads clearly from across a room, which is what a studio wall needs. For several units, email contact@urliutsav.com and we will quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eShipping is insured. Photograph the damage, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace it or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer, so measure your wall first.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor hospitality, restaurants, stores or corporate gifting, email contact@urliutsav.com and we will quote you for a bulk order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. Wall pieces travel flat in a rigid box with corner protection. If it arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it - transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full range in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-handcrafted-wall-arts\"\u003eIndian Handcrafted Wall Art collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67698219253833,"sku":"threadart-om","price":175.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0989\/4002\/6953\/files\/om-threadwallart4.jpg?v=1792243209"},{"product_id":"30-inch-ganesha-string-art","title":"30-Inch Ganesha String Art - Handmade Nail and Thread Wall Art","description":"\u003cp\u003eGanesha is the elephant-headed deity invoked at the start of anything new - a house, a business, a journey - because he is the remover of obstacles. This is his face rendered in nail and thread: two and a half feet across, the features wound in tan and brown thread, set inside a mandala of coloured petals.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30 inch diameter - two and a half feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e12 mm thick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 4,840 g (approx. 10.7 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMDF board with nails and coloured thread\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India, signed by the artist Ekta Thakur Sharma\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanging hooks fitted to the back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eArrives framed and ready to hang\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow it is made\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eHundreds of nails are driven into a wooden board along the outline of the image, and coloured thread is then wound between them, pass after pass, until the density of the crossings builds the picture. Nothing is printed and nothing is glued down. The shading you see is thread laid more or less thickly, which is why the surface changes as you move past it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo and a half feet across and 4,840 g - about 10.7 lb, the heaviest wall piece we sell after the three-foot mandala mirrors. Almost all of that weight is nails. It is also the only Ganesha in the range that is not painted, carved or cast, which is the point: at a distance the face reads as shaded portraiture, and up close it dissolves into thread. The board is fireproof-grade MDF and the piece arrives framed and ready to hang.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhere it goes\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAbove a pooja altar or mandir, on an entry wall facing the front door, behind a Ganesh Chaturthi setup, in a yoga room, or over a fireplace. At thirty inches it needs a clear wall - do not put it inside a gallery grouping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe other string art pieces\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo more are made the same way: the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/30-dia-handmade-om-aum-string-art-urli-utsav-nail-and-thread-wall-decor\"\u003eOm (AUM) wheel\u003c\/a\u003e in the same 30-inch size, and the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/24x12-handmade-golden-gate-bridge-string-art-san-francisco-nail-and-thread-wall-decor\"\u003eGolden Gate Bridge\u003c\/a\u003e in landscape format. All three are signed by the artist, Ekta Thakur Sharma.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHanging it\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eHooks are fitted to the back. Fix into a stud or a drywall anchor rated for the weight; a plain picture nail will not hold. Screws and wall anchors are not supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDust occasionally with a soft dry brush or a low-suction vacuum brush attachment. Keep water and cleaning sprays away from the threads - they will mark and sag.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow large is it really?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThirty inches across - two and a half feet. Cut a 30-inch circle from newspaper and tape it up before ordering. Round pieces read larger on a wall than they do in a photograph.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the thread cotton?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is coloured craft thread wound over steel nails. Colours are as photographed; because each piece is wound by hand the density varies slightly between them.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it signed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Each piece is signed by the artist, Ekta Thakur Sharma.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan a thread come loose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe winding is tensioned and anchored on nails, so a single strand cannot unravel the piece. If a loop is knocked out of place it can be eased back with a fingertip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e4,840 g, about 10.7 lb. Both hooks should go into studs or into anchors rated for that weight. This is a two-person job to hang.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it need a frame or glass?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. It arrives framed and ready to hang, and it is meant to be seen without glass - the texture is the point.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it for a Ganesh Chaturthi backdrop?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. It also works for griha pravesh and Diwali setups, and it stays up year-round rather than being a seasonal piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eShipping is insured. Photograph the damage, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace it or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer, so measure your wall first.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor hospitality, restaurants, stores or corporate gifting, email contact@urliutsav.com and we will quote you for a bulk order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. Wall pieces travel flat in a rigid box with corner protection. If it arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it - transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full range in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-handcrafted-wall-arts\"\u003eIndian Handcrafted Wall Art collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67698219483209,"sku":"threadart-ganesha","price":175.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0989\/4002\/6953\/files\/ganesha-threadwallart2_1.jpg?v=1792243210"},{"product_id":"24-lippan-mirror-wall-art-colored-sun","title":"24-Inch Mandala Mirror Wall Art – Pink Sunburst, Scalloped","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe only one of our mandalas that is not a circle. Pink and white petals radiate from a 14-inch mirror and then keep going past where the rim would be, so the outer edge is shaped like a flower rather than cut round. On a wall it throws a petalled shadow, which is half the reason to choose it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e24 inch outer diameter — two feet, petal-shaped edge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14 inch mirror at the centre\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10mm thick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 3.22 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMDF disc with a glass mirror\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand-painted in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo hanging hooks fitted to the back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow it is painted — and cut\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shaped edge is the difference. Each petal is cut into the MDF before any paint goes on, which means the painting has to follow a profile that is already fixed rather than the painter deciding where to stop. Then the rings are laid freehand from the centre out: magenta, white, a fine dark outline, gold at the tips.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhere it goes\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAgainst a plain wall, where the silhouette can be seen. On a charcoal or deep-coloured wall it is at its best — the shaped edge disappears into a busy background and comes alive against a flat one. Bathrooms and powder rooms too; the 14-inch mirror is usable and the pink survives artificial light.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHanging it\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo hooks on the back rather than one, so the disc cannot rotate — which matters more here than on the round mandalas, because a shaped edge sitting crooked is obvious. At 3.22 kg use screws into drywall anchors, or a stud. Screws and wall anchors are not supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDust with a dry, soft cloth, working out along the petals. Glass cleaner on the centre mirror only, applied to the cloth rather than sprayed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the edge really shaped?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — cut into petals, not printed to look that way. It is the only mandala in the range that is not a plain circle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the centre a real mirror?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — real glass, 14 inches across.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow pink is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMagenta and white with dark outlining, not pastel. It is a bright piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor hospitality, stores, events or corporate gifting, email contact@urliutsav.com and we will quote you for a bulk order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. If it arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it — transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full range in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/handcrafted-wall-mirrors\"\u003eHandcrafted Wall Mirrors collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67698219647049,"sku":"2ft-mirror-lippan-sunrise","price":160.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0989\/4002\/6953\/files\/sun-lippan-mirror-1.jpg?v=1792243213"},{"product_id":"24-lippan-mirror-wall-art-mandala-black-white","title":"24-Inch Mandala Mirror Wall Art – Monochrome Feather Lippan","description":"\u003cp\u003eBlack, white and grey, with gold picking out the edges — the only mandala mirror we make with no colour in it. Dense rings of feather and petal shapes work outward from a 10-inch mirror, tight enough that from across a room the disc reads as texture rather than pattern. Two feet across.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e24 inch outer diameter — two feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 inch mirror at the centre\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10mm thick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 3.12 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMDF disc with a glass mirror\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand-painted in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo hanging hooks fitted to the back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow it is painted\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFreehand from the centre out. Monochrome is unforgiving in a way colour is not: with nothing to distract the eye, every ring has to be evenly spaced and every feather the same weight, because a slip shows immediately in black on white. It is the most technically demanding piece in this size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhere it goes\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is the one that goes into rooms the coloured mandalas cannot — a monochrome scheme, a dark green or charcoal wall, a modern interior where an Indian piece would otherwise look like a visitor. Photographed here on sage green and on warm white; it holds both.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHanging it\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo hooks on the back rather than one, so the disc cannot rotate out of true. At 3.12 kg use screws into drywall anchors, or a stud. Screws and wall anchors are not supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDust with a dry, soft cloth. Glass cleaner on the centre mirror only, applied to the cloth rather than sprayed — marks show more on a white ground than a coloured one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is this different from your other black and white mandala?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis one is black-dominant and dense, built from overlapping feather shapes. The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/24-lippan-mirror-wall-art-black-white\"\u003eIvory and Black Geometric\u003c\/a\u003e is the opposite — a pale cream ground with open black line work and a 14-inch mirror. Same colours, completely different weight on a wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there really no colour at all?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBlack, white, grey and gold accents. Nothing else.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the centre a real mirror?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — real glass, 10 inches across.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor hospitality, stores, events or corporate gifting, email contact@urliutsav.com and we will quote you for a bulk order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. If it arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it — transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full range in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/handcrafted-wall-mirrors\"\u003eHandcrafted Wall Mirrors collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67698219810889,"sku":"TN-2ft-mirror-mandala-blackwhite","price":160.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0989\/4002\/6953\/files\/white-black-mandal-mirror-3.jpg?v=1792243214"},{"product_id":"24-lippan-mirror-wall-art-mandala-red","title":"24-Inch Mandala Mirror Wall Art – Red \u0026 Teal Lotus","description":"\u003cp\u003eDeep red and teal blue, with white lotus petals laid over both, around a generous 14-inch mirror. The outer edge is scalloped rather than cut flat, so the disc reads as a flower rather than a circle. Two feet across.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e24 inch outer diameter — two feet, scalloped edge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14 inch mirror at the centre\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10mm thick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 3.22 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMDF disc with a glass mirror\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand-painted in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo hanging hooks fitted to the back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow it is painted\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFreehand from the centre outward. The two-tone ground is the difficult part here — red and teal meeting cleanly along a curved boundary, with white petals crossing the join, all without masking tape. Get it slightly wrong and the seam shows from across the room.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhere it goes\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt has the largest mirror of our two-foot mandalas at 14 inches, which makes it the most usable as an actual mirror — an entryway, a hallway, beside a front door. One reviewer chose it for a stone wall over a framed picture, and the strong red holds up against rough texture in a way a painting would not.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHanging it\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo hooks on the back rather than one, so the disc cannot rotate out of true. At 3.22 kg use screws into drywall anchors, or a stud. Screws and wall anchors are not supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDust with a dry, soft cloth. Glass cleaner on the centre mirror only, applied to the cloth rather than sprayed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the mirror bigger on this one?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — 14 inches against 10 on the multicolour version. If you want a mandala that also works as a functional mirror, this is the one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the edge round or scalloped?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eScalloped. The petals continue past the rim rather than being cut off by it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the red be too much?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is a strong piece and it is meant to be. The teal breaks it up, which stops it going flat. Against grey, cream, stone or wood it works; against another strong colour it will fight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor hospitality, stores, events or corporate gifting, email contact@urliutsav.com and we will quote you for a bulk order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. If it arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it — transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full range in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/handcrafted-wall-mirrors\"\u003eHandcrafted Wall Mirrors collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67698220007497,"sku":"TN-2ft-mirror-mandala-red","price":160.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0989\/4002\/6953\/files\/red-mirror-wallart-1.jpg?v=1792243216"},{"product_id":"36-mandala-mirror-wall-art-peacock","title":"36-Inch Mandala Mirror Wall Art – Peacock","description":"\u003cp\u003eTeal, gold and deep maroon, arranged as peacock-feather eyes radiating out from a 12-inch mirror ringed in red. Three feet across. Of the four mandalas at this size it is the one with the strongest single motif — the others build pattern from geometry, this one builds it from a bird.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e36 inch outer diameter — three feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e12 inch mirror at the centre, with a red inner ring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10mm thick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 5.6 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMDF disc with a glass mirror\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand-painted in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo hanging hooks fitted to the back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow it is painted\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFreehand from the centre outward. Each feather eye is drawn individually: the teal ground, the gold surround, the dark centre. Around forty of them make the outer ring, and they have to close the circle evenly without a stencil to mark the spacing. Look at the close-up photograph — the small variations between neighbouring feathers are the whole tell.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy Peacock\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne of four mandalas in this size. Where the others take their palette from a place — \u003ca href=\"\/products\/36-mandala-mirror-wall-art-california-poppy\"\u003eCalifornia Poppy\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/36-mandala-mirror-wall-art-hawa-mahal\"\u003eHawa Mahal\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/36-mandala-mirror-wall-art-hawaii-rainforest\"\u003eHawaii Rainforest\u003c\/a\u003e — this one takes it from the bird that is India's national symbol and turns up in half the craft traditions in the country.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhere it goes\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOver a fireplace or a sideboard, on a wall with room around it. The teal wants a warm or neutral wall behind it — cream, oatmeal, warm white, or wood. On a cool grey wall the whole thing goes flat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCheck the size before you buy\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCut a 36-inch circle out of newspaper and tape it up where it will hang. Three feet is bigger than it looks in a photograph.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHanging it\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo hooks on the back rather than one, so the disc cannot rotate out of true. At 5.6 kg both fixings need studs or rated drywall anchors. Two people. Screws and wall anchors are not supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDust with a dry, soft cloth. Glass cleaner on the centre mirror only, applied to the cloth rather than sprayed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the centre a real mirror?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — real glass, 12 inches across, with a painted red ring around it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colour will it actually read as on my wall?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTeal-dominant with gold and maroon coming forward under warm light. It is darker overall than the photographs on a bright white background suggest.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it compare to the other three?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCalifornia Poppy is the boldest, Hawa Mahal the quietest, Hawaii Rainforest the coolest. This one is the richest — the most colour depth of the four.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor hospitality, restaurants, stores or corporate gifting, email contact@urliutsav.com and we will quote you for a bulk order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. A piece this size is crated with edge protection. If it arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it — transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full range in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/handcrafted-wall-mirrors\"\u003eHandcrafted Wall Mirrors collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67698220367945,"sku":"3ft-mandala-peacock","price":320.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0989\/4002\/6953\/files\/peacock-mandala-mirror-6.jpg?v=1792243218"},{"product_id":"16-inch-elephant-samai-lamps","title":"16-Inch Elephant Design Samai Oil Lamps (Pair)","description":"\u003cp\u003eA samai is the standing oil lamp lit at the start of a puja. This pair stands 16.5 inches tall on a base formed as an elephant, with a peacock finial rising behind the oil cup — the most worked of our three lamp designs, and the one that reads as a sculpture as much as a lamp.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSold as a pair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 16.5 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiya cup diameter: 7.5 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 1,600 g for the pair (approx. 3.5 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: copper, nickel-plated and oxidised to an antique silver finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecoration: cast elephant base, peacock finial, engraved cup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot dishwasher safe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe base is an elephant, cast in the round.\u003c\/strong\u003e Not an engraving of one — the lamp actually stands on the animal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePeacock finial behind the cup,\u003c\/strong\u003e so the lamp has a silhouette even before it is lit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e16.5 inches and 1,600 g for the pair.\u003c\/strong\u003e Substantial enough to flank a doorway or an altar rather than sit on a shelf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e7.5-inch oil cup,\u003c\/strong\u003e the largest on the two table lamps, so it holds enough oil to burn through an evening ceremony without refilling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do I need\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThree heights of lamp, all sold in pairs:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/antique-silver-oil-lamp-samai-with-peacock-traditional-home-decor\"\u003e11-inch peacock samai\u003c\/a\u003e — a pair, table height, $149\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/28-nilavilakku-oil-lamp-samai-with-peacock-antique-silver\"\u003e28-inch nilavilakku\u003c\/a\u003e — a pair, floor-standing, $525\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eHeight is the whole decision. Table lamps sit on a mandir shelf or an altar; the 28-inch stands on the floor beside a doorway or a shrine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEither side of a home mandir or a shrine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlanking an entrance for Diwali\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA wedding stage or a mandap edge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA console table, lit for Karthigai Deepam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA puja room floor arrangement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe elephant base makes this the one people choose when they want the gift to be looked at, not just used. It suits a wedding, a griha pravesh, a significant anniversary and Diwali. Plain packaging with no price on it. Temples and event decorators order these in multiple pairs — get in touch before ordering and we will confirm stock against your date.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this one lamp or two?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTwo. The price is for the pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the elephant a separate piece?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The base is cast as one with the lamp, so there is nothing to assemble and nothing that can come loose.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat oil and wick do I use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSesame oil or ghee with a cotton wick is traditional; any lamp oil works. Fill the cup no more than about two thirds so it does not spill when the wick is lit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it compare to the other two lamps?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHeight and detail. The 11-inch peacock samai is the plain table version; this is the sculptural one at mid height; the 28-inch nilavilakku is floor-standing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this German silver?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNot literally, and we would rather say so plainly. German silver — also sold as nickel silver — is a copper, nickel and zinc alloy that contains no silver in it at all. This piece is copper, nickel-plated and then oxidised so the darkening settles into the recesses of the engraving. A lot of this category gets sold as German silver regardless of what is actually underneath, so it is worth knowing which you are buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use tealights?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, though at 7.5 inches the cup is wide for a single tealight — it looks better with oil and a wick, or three tealights together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it stand steady?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The elephant base is the widest part of the lamp and the weight sits low.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it after use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLet it cool, tip out any oil, and wipe with a soft dry cloth. Do not put it in the dishwasher and do not use abrasive scourers or acidic cleaners — they will cut through the plating. Store it in a sealed plastic bag between festivals; that slows tarnishing more than anything else you can do.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it tarnish?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSilver plating darkens over time, and the antique finish is designed to sit in the recesses and deepen the pattern as it does. That is the intended look. If you want it brighter, a light buff with a dry cloth on the raised areas will lift it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several for an event?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — get in touch before you order if you need more than a few. We can usually help on price for larger quantities and confirm stock before you commit to a date.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEvery order is insured. Photograph the box and the piece and contact us, and we will sort out a replacement or a refund.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the rest of the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/german-silver-housewarming-decor\"\u003eAntique Silver\u003c\/a\u003e range, or our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-festive-decor\"\u003eDiwali \u0026amp; Festive Decor\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67698220499017,"sku":"samai-elephant-pair","price":249.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0989\/4002\/6953\/files\/elephantoillamp-antiquesilver1.jpg?v=1792243219"},{"product_id":"28-nilavilakku-oil-lamp-samai-with-peacock-antique-silver","title":"28-Inch Peacock Nilavilakku Oil Lamp (Pair)","description":"\u003cp\u003eA nilavilakku is the tall floor-standing oil lamp of Kerala and Tamil Nadu, lit at the threshold or beside the shrine so the flame stands at waist height. This pair is 28 inches tall, hand-hammered and engraved with peacocks, and is the largest lamp we make.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSold as a pair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 28 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiya cup diameter: 8 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 4,250 g for the pair (approx. 9.4 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: brass, nickel-plated and oxidised to an antique silver finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecoration: hand-hammered stem with engraved leaf work; peacock detailing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot dishwasher safe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e28 inches — it stands on the floor, not a table.\u003c\/strong\u003e That is the whole point of a nilavilakku, and it is what separates this from the samai lamps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4,250 g for the pair — approx. 9.4 lb.\u003c\/strong\u003e A lamp this tall has to be heavy at the foot, and it is.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHand-hammered and engraved,\u003c\/strong\u003e not spun and stamped. The stem carries a leaf pattern the whole way up and the cup is worked with peacocks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8-inch oil cup,\u003c\/strong\u003e big enough for several wicks at once, which is how these are traditionally lit at a threshold.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do I need\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThree heights of lamp, all sold in pairs:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/antique-silver-oil-lamp-samai-with-peacock-traditional-home-decor\"\u003e11-inch peacock samai\u003c\/a\u003e — a pair, table height, $149\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/antique-silver-oil-lamp-samai-with-peacock-and-elephant-base-traditional-home-decor\"\u003e16-inch elephant samai\u003c\/a\u003e — a pair, elephant base, $249\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eHeight is the whole decision. Table lamps sit on a mandir shelf or an altar; the 28-inch stands on the floor beside a doorway or a shrine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEither side of a front door for Diwali or Karthigai Deepam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBeside a home shrine or puja room entrance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA wedding mandap or a reception entrance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA temple or community hall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA hallway corner, standing unlit as a permanent piece\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a landmark gift rather than an everyday one — a milestone wedding, a temple donation, a family home. At 28 inches and nearly ten pounds for the pair it is not a piece anyone buys casually, which is exactly what makes it land. Temples and event venues order these in multiples; get in touch before ordering so we can confirm stock against your date and talk about price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this one lamp or two?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTwo. The price is for the pair. At 28 inches each, plan the floor space before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it stand on the floor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. A nilavilakku is a floor lamp. On a table it would put the flame above head height for anyone seated.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat oil and wick do I use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSesame oil or ghee with a cotton wick is traditional; any lamp oil works. Fill the cup no more than about two thirds so it does not spill when the wick is lit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many wicks does the cup take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe cup is 8 inches across, so several — five wicks spaced around the rim is the traditional arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between a nilavilakku and a samai?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMostly height and where it stands. Samai are table and altar lamps; the nilavilakku is the tall floor lamp of Kerala and Tamil Nadu. Our samai are 11 and 16.5 inches; this is 28.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this German silver?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNot literally, and we would rather say so plainly. German silver — also sold as nickel silver — is a copper, nickel and zinc alloy that contains no silver in it at all. This piece is brass, nickel-plated and then oxidised so the darkening settles into the recesses of the engraving. A lot of this category gets sold as German silver regardless of what is actually underneath, so it is worth knowing which you are buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come apart for storage or shipping?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt ships assembled and is meant to stay that way. Allow for a large box.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it after use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLet it cool, tip out any oil, and wipe with a soft dry cloth. Do not put it in the dishwasher and do not use abrasive scourers or acidic cleaners — they will cut through the plating. Store it in a sealed plastic bag between festivals; that slows tarnishing more than anything else you can do.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it tarnish?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSilver plating darkens over time, and the antique finish is designed to sit in the recesses and deepen the pattern as it does. That is the intended look. If you want it brighter, a light buff with a dry cloth on the raised areas will lift it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several for an event?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — get in touch before you order if you need more than a few. We can usually help on price for larger quantities and confirm stock before you commit to a date.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEvery order is insured. Photograph the box and the piece and contact us, and we will sort out a replacement or a refund.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the rest of the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/german-silver-housewarming-decor\"\u003eAntique Silver\u003c\/a\u003e range, or our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-festive-decor\"\u003eDiwali \u0026amp; Festive Decor\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67698220597321,"sku":"AS-OilLamp-28-2","price":525.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0989\/4002\/6953\/files\/oillamp-antiquesilver-5.jpg?v=1792243221"},{"product_id":"24-kathakali-wall-art-dance-drama-decor","title":"24-Inch Kathakali Wall Art - Hand-Painted Kerala Dance Face","description":"\u003cp\u003eKathakali is the dance-drama of Kerala, performed overnight in temple courtyards, where the story is told through hand gestures and a face painted into a mask. The green face is pacha - the noble hero, Rama or Arjuna - built up in layers over hours before a performance. This 24-inch disc carries that face hand-painted, with mirror work set into the headdress and border.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e24 inch diameter - two feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 mm thick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 2,800 g (approx. 6.2 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMDF board, hand-painted, with tiny mirror inlay\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand-painted in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanging hook fitted to the back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSold as a single panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat the colours mean\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIn Kathakali the paint is the casting. Pacha, green, is the virtuous hero. Kathi adds a red moustache for the arrogant villain. Thaadi is the bearded type, Kari the black-faced demon, Minukku the polished face of women and sages. The green face on this panel is the one an audience reads first, and the one the tradition is known by outside Kerala.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e2,800 g (approx. 6.2 lb) - the heaviest disc in the 24-inch series, because the headdress is the most heavily worked area on any of them. Mirror pieces are set individually into the crown and the border, which is what gives the piece its glitter under a downlight. At two feet across the facial detail is legible from across a room, which a smaller version of this subject never manages.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhere it goes\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEntryways, a dining room wall, a stair landing, or above a sideboard. It is a high-contrast piece - green, red, white and gold - so it wants a plain wall and clear space either side rather than a crowded gallery arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe rest of the series\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFive 24-inch discs share this format, each a different subject: the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/24-adiyogi-shiva-wall-art-yoga-and-meditation-decor\"\u003eAdiyogi Shiva\u003c\/a\u003e, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/24-handcrafted-warli-wall-art-traditional-tribal-decor\"\u003eWarli village scene\u003c\/a\u003e, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/24-inch-yin-yang-wall-art-asian-inspired-zen-decor\"\u003eYin Yang\u003c\/a\u003e and the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/24-handcrafted-mandala-wall-art-earthy-tones-decor\"\u003emaroon and blue mandala\u003c\/a\u003e. Hung as a pair or a row of three they read as a set, because the diameter and the thickness match exactly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHanging it\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA hook is fitted to the back. At this weight the fixing should go into a stud or a drywall anchor rated for it - a plain picture nail is not enough. Screws and wall anchors are not supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDust with a dry, soft cloth. If there is mirror inlay, use glass cleaner on the mirror only, applied to the cloth rather than sprayed, so nothing runs onto the paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich Kathakali character is this?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe face is painted in the pacha style, the green make-up used for noble heroes such as Rama and Arjuna. It is a representative pacha face rather than a portrait of one named character.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the mirror work real mirror?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes - small cut glass mirror pieces set into the surface by hand, the same technique used in Lippan work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2,800 g, about 6.2 lb. The heaviest of the 24-inch discs. Fix it into a stud or a rated anchor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it fragile?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe board is solid, but the raised mirror and paint can chip if it is knocked. It ships flat with corner protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I hang it outdoors on a covered porch?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWe do not recommend it. Humidity swings lift paint from MDF over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the mirror pieces?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDust first with a soft dry brush, then wipe the mirrors with glass cleaner applied to a cloth. Never spray directly onto the panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eShipping is insured. Photograph the damage, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace it or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer, so measure your wall first.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor hospitality, restaurants, stores or corporate gifting, email contact@urliutsav.com and we will quote you for a bulk order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. Wall pieces travel flat in a rigid box with corner protection. If it arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it - transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full range in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-handcrafted-wall-arts\"\u003eIndian Handcrafted Wall Art collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67698220695625,"sku":"TN-kathakali","price":170.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0989\/4002\/6953\/files\/kathakali-wallart-5.jpg?v=1792243223"},{"product_id":"24-inch-yin-yang-wall-art","title":"24-Inch Yin Yang Wall Art - Hand-Painted Mandala Panel","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe taijitu - the yin yang - is the Taoist diagram of two forces that contain each other: the dark half holds a light dot, the light half a dark one. On this 24-inch disc the symbol sits at the centre of a hand-painted mandala, the rings worked outward from it in dot and petal detail.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e24 inch diameter - two feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 mm thick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 2,130 g (approx. 4.7 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMDF board, hand-painted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand-painted in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanging hook fitted to the back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSold as a single panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow it is painted\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe two teardrops are laid in first and the mandala is built around them ring by ring, freehand, from the centre out. Keeping a mandala true on a two-foot circle without a stencil is the whole difficulty of the piece - the spacing is held by eye, and small variations in the outer bands are the evidence that a hand made it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e2,130 g (approx. 4.7 lb) on a rigid 10 mm board. Yin yang decor is usually sold as a printed canvas or a cut metal silhouette; this is a painted surface with dot work you can see from an angle. It is also the quietest disc in the 24-inch series - largely monochrome, which is why it works in a meditation room where the Kathakali face would be too loud.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhere it goes\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeditation and yoga rooms, above a low bench or altar, in a bedroom over the headboard, or in a reading corner. It is one of the few pieces here that reads as neutral rather than Indian, so it sits comfortably in a room with no other ethnic decor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe rest of the series\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFive 24-inch discs share this format, each a different subject: the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/24-adiyogi-shiva-wall-art-yoga-and-meditation-decor\"\u003eAdiyogi Shiva\u003c\/a\u003e, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/24-handcrafted-warli-wall-art-traditional-tribal-decor\"\u003eWarli village scene\u003c\/a\u003e, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/24-kathakali-wall-art-dance-drama-decor\"\u003eKathakali face\u003c\/a\u003e and the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/24-handcrafted-mandala-wall-art-earthy-tones-decor\"\u003emaroon and blue mandala\u003c\/a\u003e. Hung as a pair or a row of three they read as a set, because the diameter and the thickness match exactly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHanging it\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA hook is fitted to the back. At this weight the fixing should go into a stud or a drywall anchor rated for it - a plain picture nail is not enough. Screws and wall anchors are not supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDust with a dry, soft cloth. If there is mirror inlay, use glass cleaner on the mirror only, applied to the cloth rather than sprayed, so nothing runs onto the paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the yin yang raised or flat?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe paint is built up slightly, so the mandala rings have texture, but the disc itself is flat and hangs against the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colours is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePredominantly black and white with fine detail work in the surrounding mandala. Photographs show the piece in daylight; under warm indoor light the whites read slightly cream.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2,130 g, about 4.7 lb. Lightest of the 24-inch discs, but still needs a rated fixing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there mirror inlay?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe Yin Yang disc is painted. If you want mirror work in the same diameter, the Adiyogi, Kathakali and mandala discs carry it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I hang it in a bathroom?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. MDF and steam do not mix.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable as a wedding or housewarming gift?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes - it is the most widely readable symbol in the range and does not assume the recipient follows any particular tradition.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eShipping is insured. Photograph the damage, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace it or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer, so measure your wall first.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor hospitality, restaurants, stores or corporate gifting, email contact@urliutsav.com and we will quote you for a bulk order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. Wall pieces travel flat in a rigid box with corner protection. If it arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it - transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full range in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-handcrafted-wall-arts\"\u003eIndian Handcrafted Wall Art collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67698221318217,"sku":"TN-yin-yang","price":155.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0989\/4002\/6953\/files\/yin-yang-wallart-1.jpg?v=1792243224"},{"product_id":"25-inch-brass-hanging-bell","title":"Engraved Brass Hanging Bell - Temple Bell with Chain, 2 Sizes","description":"\u003cp\u003eA hanging brass temple bell on a chain, engraved around the body, in two sizes. The bell is rung on entering a pooja room or a temple - the sound marks the start of worship and, in practice, announces anyone coming through a doorway.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMedium: 4 in bell diameter, 33 in overall with chain, 1,860 g (approx. 65 oz \/ 4.1 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge: 6 in bell diameter, 33 in overall with chain, 3,180 g (approx. 112 oz \/ 7 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: brass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: gold tone with fine engraved detailing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChain included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandcrafted in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBell and chain together measure 33 inches\u003c\/strong\u003e in both sizes. What changes between them is the bell itself - 4 inches across on the medium, 6 on the large - and therefore the pitch and the carry of the sound.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1,860 g or 3,180 g of cast brass.\u003c\/strong\u003e A thin bell rattles; a heavy one rings and holds the note. The large is 7 lb of metal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHand-engraved around the body\u003c\/strong\u003e, so it is worth looking at when it is not being rung.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do I need\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth hang at the same overall length. Choose on the bell diameter, which sets the volume and the depth of the tone:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMedium\u003c\/strong\u003e - 4 in bell diameter, 33 in with chain, 1,860 g (65 oz). A brighter, lighter ring. Right for a pooja room or an interior doorway.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge\u003c\/strong\u003e - 6 in bell diameter, 33 in with chain, 3,180 g (112 oz). Deeper and louder, and nearly twice the weight. For a main entrance, a hall, or a temple space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eHung in a pooja room doorway, at a main entrance, or in a hallway. Also used on covered porches and in restaurants and studios that want one substantial Indian piece at the door.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA griha pravesh and housewarming gift. Also given at Diwali, and to anyone setting up a home mandir who has the doorway for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I hang it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFrom the chain, on a ceiling hook or a sturdy wall bracket rated for the weight. The large is 3,180 g - around 7 lb - so this needs a proper fixing into a joist or an anchor, not a drywall screw on its own.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich size sounds better?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNeither is better, they are different. The 4 inch medium is brighter and shorter. The 6 inch large is deeper and carries further, which is what you want at a main entrance or in a room with height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it loud?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe large is genuinely loud in a small room. If it is going in an apartment hallway or near a bedroom, the medium is the safer choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it solid brass?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. At 3,180 g on the large the weight confirms it - a plated or hollow piece of these dimensions would weigh a fraction as much.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the finish change over time?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBrass darkens naturally. Polish it back with a standard brass cleaner if you prefer it bright, or leave it to deepen - both are normal and neither harms the piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDust with a dry cloth, working into the engraving with a soft brush. Avoid water and never put it in a dishwasher. Use brass polish sparingly and buff dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it hang outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOn a covered porch, yes, if it is out of the rain. Brass spots and weathers in open air, so bring it in if the weather turns.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the clapper included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the bell comes complete with its clapper and chain. Nothing to assemble.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eShipping is insured. Photograph the damage, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace it or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer, so please check the dimensions against your space first.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. Brass is heavy and we pack it accordingly - if anything arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee more brass decor and spiritual pieces in our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/collections\/brass-love\"\u003eBrass Love Collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Medium","offer_id":67698221482057,"sku":"brass-hanging-bell-1","price":120.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Large","offer_id":67698221514825,"sku":"brass-hanging-bell-2","price":160.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0989\/4002\/6953\/files\/brass-bell-1.jpg?v=1792243227"},{"product_id":"om-urli-bowls-set-of-3","title":"Om Urli Bowls – Set of 3 Ivory \u0026 Gold Teardrop Rim Urlis","description":"\u003cp\u003eMost urlis in this shape are gold all over. This set is the exception: the ring of \u003cstrong\u003ediya-shaped cups\u003c\/strong\u003e around the rim is finished in \u003cstrong\u003eivory cream with gold inside each cup\u003c\/strong\u003e, so the collar reads pale against the hammered gold water bowl in the middle. It is the only two-tone flat-rim urli we make, and the reason people pick it over the all-gold sets.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of 3 flat-rim urli bowls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall: 6 inch inner bowl, 11 inches overall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMedium: 8.5 inch inner bowl, 14 inches overall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge: 10 inch inner bowl, 16 inches overall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal weight of the set: approx. 1.44 kg (3.2 lb \/ 51 oz)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: iron with a gold polish finish and an ivory painted rim\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentre bowl: hand-hammered gold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRim: diya-shaped cups, ivory outside and gold inside, each dished for a tealight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIvory and gold, not gold on gold.\u003c\/strong\u003e The cream rim gives you contrast on a dark table, and it sits more comfortably in a room that is not otherwise gold. Lit at night, each cup glows against the pale collar.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEvery rim cup takes a tealight.\u003c\/strong\u003e The cups are proper diya shapes — rounded body, pointed wick lip — and each one is dished deep enough for a standard tealight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHand-hammered centre bowl\u003c\/strong\u003e in gold, for water and floating flower heads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree sizes, 11 to 16 inches overall\u003c\/strong\u003e, with 6, 8.5 and 10 inch water bowls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.44 kg for the set of three\u003c\/strong\u003e — about 3.2 lb \/ 51 oz. Light enough to lay out and clear away for a function.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich rim do you want?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe make six flat-rim urli sets in this shape. The bowl is much the same on all of them; what changes is the collar around it — and whether that collar holds candles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/products\/lotus-metal-urli-bowls-set-hammered-gold-festive-decor\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLotus petal\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — pointed lotus-bud cups, each holds a tealight. 12–16 in across.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOm — this set.\u003c\/strong\u003e Diya-shaped cups in ivory and gold, each holds a tealight. 11–16 in across.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/products\/handcrafted-diya-urli-bowls-set-of-3-urli-utsav\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDiya\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — fluted lamp cups, all gold, each holds a tealight. 11–15 in across.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/products\/handcrafted-rose-urli-bowls-set-of-3-urli-utsav\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRose\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — solid gold rosettes, decorative only; the candle goes in the centre. 9.5–12.5 in, the most compact set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/products\/handcrafted-sunflower-urli-bowls-set-of-3-urli-utsav\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSunflower\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — solid gold petals, decorative only. 12–16 in, the heaviest set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/products\/handcrafted-sunflower-pink-urli-bowls-set-of-3-urli-utsav\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSunflower Pink\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e — the same petals in pink with a gold centre. 12–16 in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDark wood dining tables\u003c\/strong\u003e, where the ivory rim shows up in a way an all-gold set does not. \u003cstrong\u003eEntrance floor\u003c\/strong\u003e at \u003cstrong\u003eDiwali\u003c\/strong\u003e, as a rangoli alternative. \u003cstrong\u003ePooja room\u003c\/strong\u003e, for water, flowers and lamps. \u003cstrong\u003eNeutral and modern interiors\u003c\/strong\u003e — this is the set to choose if a room full of gold is not the look you want.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA good \u003cstrong\u003eDiwali\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003egriha pravesh\u003c\/strong\u003e gift for someone whose home leans neutral rather than traditional. Also used for \u003cstrong\u003eGanesh Chaturthi\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eKarva Chauth\u003c\/strong\u003e and housewarmings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese go out as gift sets often enough that we keep stock deep. If you need several — wedding favours, a Diwali order for a team, return gifts for a large function — email contact@urliutsav.com before you order. Bulk pricing is available and we will confirm quantities and timing with you first.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there an Om symbol on these?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Om is the name of the range, not a description of the pattern — the rim is a ring of diya-shaped cups with no lettering or symbol on it. If you specifically want an Om symbol, this is not the piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colour is it exactly?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe rim cups are ivory cream on the outside with gold inside each cup. The centre bowl is hammered gold. It is a two-tone piece, not a plain gold one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many tealights does it take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOne per rim cup, and the number of cups goes up with the size. You can float an extra candle in the centre bowl.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the candles included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Tealights, diyas and flowers are not supplied. You get the three bowls.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy are they?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLight — about 3.2 lb for all three. These are pressed and hammered sheet iron with a painted and polished finish, not castings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the ivory paint chip?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is a painted finish over metal, so a hard knock can mark it. Wipe rather than scrub, and store the three with cloth between them.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I put water and a tealight in at the same time?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Water in the hammered centre, tealights in the rim cups. Keep the water below the rim so it does not run into the cups.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean them?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWipe with a dry or barely damp cloth. Do not soak them, do not put them in a dishwasher, and dry them fully after you empty the water out. Abrasive scourers and harsh cleaners will wear both the gold and the ivory.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan they go outside?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor an evening on a covered patio, yes. Not for permanent outdoor use: they are iron underneath and will rust if they are rained on or left damp.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if something arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eShipping is insured. Send a photo to contact@urliutsav.com and we will replace the piece or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return them?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee more urli bowls and centerpieces in our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/collections\/urlibowls\"\u003eUrli Bowls \u0026amp; Centerpieces\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67698222006345,"sku":"diwali-urli-om","price":70.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0989\/4002\/6953\/files\/omurli-diwalidecor1.jpg?v=1792243228"},{"product_id":"luxury-silver-wedding-pedestal-swan-chowki","title":"22” Antique Silver Swan Leg Mandala Chowki – Luxury Wedding \u0026 Event Pedestal","description":"\u003cp\u003eA chowki, also called a bajot, is the low platform an idol or an offering is raised onto so that nothing sacred sits directly on the floor. This one is 22 inches across and 9 inches high, with a mandala carved across the whole top and six swan-shaped legs carrying it — a wooden base clad in brass and finished to antique silver.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiameter: 22 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 9 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 9.4 kg (approx. 20.7 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction: wooden base clad in brass, oxidised to an antique silver finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLegs: six, each carved as a swan\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecoration: mandala carving across the full top\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e9.4 kg — approx. 20.7 lb.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is furniture, not a tray. It takes a full brass idol, garlands and offerings without any give in it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSix legs, each carved as a swan.\u003c\/strong\u003e Not turned posts with a motif applied — the leg is the bird, and there are six of them under a 22-inch top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe mandala runs edge to edge.\u003c\/strong\u003e Concentric floral rings worked across the entire top rather than a border around a plain centre.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWood underneath, brass over it.\u003c\/strong\u003e The wooden core is what makes a 22-inch platform rigid at only 9 inches of height; the brass cladding is what you see.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat it is for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA pooja chowki, raising the idol in a home mandir or puja room\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA wedding stool for the bride or groom during ceremonies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA mandap or haldi centrepiece\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn entryway pedestal, with a statue or a lamp on it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA venue or restaurant piece for ethnic and festive events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA home mandir or puja room, as the platform the idol stands on\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA wedding mandap, for the ceremony or for the deity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA haldi function, holding the bowls and offerings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn entryway, with a statue or a large lamp on it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA Golu or Navratri display, as the top tier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt this size and weight a chowki is a gift for a specific reason — a new puja room, a temple donation, a wedding where the family is furnishing the mandap. It is not a piece anyone buys on impulse, and that is what gives it weight as a gift. Venues and event decorators order these against specific dates; get in touch before ordering so we can confirm stock and talk about price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is a chowki used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt raises a deity, a kalash or an offering off the floor during ritual. Bajot and chowki are the same object; which word you use depends mostly on where in India you are from.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it take an adult's weight?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is used as a wedding stool for the bride or groom, so yes for seated use. We would not stand on it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it solid metal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, and that is deliberate. The core is wood, clad in brass and finished in antique silver. A solid metal platform 22 inches across would be close to unliftable and several times the price.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many legs does it have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSix, each carved as a swan, arranged around the underside. Six rather than four is what keeps a 22-inch top from flexing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it arrive assembled?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. There is nothing to put together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this German silver?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. German silver — also sold as nickel silver — is a copper, nickel and zinc alloy containing no silver at all. This is a wooden base clad in brass and oxidised to an antique silver finish. Worth knowing, because much of this category is sold as German silver regardless of what is underneath.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it go outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor an event under cover, yes. Not in weather — there is wood inside it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWipe with a soft dry cloth. Do not put it in the dishwasher and do not use abrasive scourers or acidic cleaners — they will cut through the plating. Between uses, store it in a sealed plastic bag; that slows tarnishing more than anything else you can do.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it tarnish?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe finish darkens slowly and is meant to. The mandala carving gains definition as the recesses deepen. A dry cloth over the raised areas brightens it again.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several for an event?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — get in touch before you order if you need more than a few. We can usually help on price for larger quantities and confirm stock before you commit to a date.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEvery order is insured. Photograph the box and the piece and contact us, and we will sort out a replacement or a refund.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the rest of the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/german-silver-housewarming-decor\"\u003eAntique Silver\u003c\/a\u003e range, or our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-festive-decor\"\u003eDiwali \u0026amp; Festive Decor\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67698222170185,"sku":"silver-chowki","price":700.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0989\/4002\/6953\/files\/chowki-swan5.jpg?v=1792243230"},{"product_id":"23x23-white-ganesha-lippan-wall-art","title":"White Ganesha Lippan Wall Art - 23x23-Inch Mud \u0026 Mirror Panel","description":"\u003cp\u003eGanesha worked in white clay relief across a 23 by 23 inch panel - trunk, crown, the raised hand of blessing - with mirrors set into the modelling. Almost all Lippan is polychrome; this one is not. Taking the colour out leaves the relief and the mirrors to do everything, which is why it reads as sculpture rather than as a painting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e23 inches high x 23 inches wide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 3,100 g (approx. 6.8 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMDF board with hand-worked white clay relief and glass mirror inlay\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand-made in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBack hook fitted - hang with a nail into a stud or a rated anchor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSold singly, no variants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat Lippan art is\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLippan kaam is the mud-and-mirror relief work of Kutch in Gujarat, made for centuries by Rabari women on the inside walls of their homes: clay worked into raised patterns with the fingers, then set with abhla - small mirrors - so a single oil lamp lights the whole room. What you are buying is that technique on a board, hand-worked in India.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e3,100 g - nearly seven pounds - and just under two feet square. It is the largest and by some distance the heaviest Lippan piece we make, and the only one in white. The weight is clay: there is a great deal more relief on this panel than on the round ones, which is what lets a monochrome piece hold a wall. Under a downlight the shadows in the modelling do the work that colour does elsewhere.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhere it goes\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAbove a mandir, on the wall facing a front door, over a fireplace, or at the head of a stairwell. It suits a coloured or textured wall better than a white one - against white the relief flattens out and you lose the shadow that makes it work. Charcoal, deep green, teal and warm grey all give it something to stand against.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHanging it\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA hook is fitted to the back. At 3,100 g this is not a pushpin piece - use a nail into a stud or a drywall anchor rated for the weight. Screws and anchors are not supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe other Lippan pieces\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe round panels are lighter and smaller: \u003ca href=\"\/products\/18-dia-handmade-ethnic-lippan-wall-art-12-ethnic-designs-to-choose-from\"\u003e18-inch deity designs\u003c\/a\u003e in seven subjects, and the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/16-dia-handmade-generic-lippan-wall-art-5-generic-designs-to-choose-from\"\u003e16-inch dot mandala\u003c\/a\u003e in five colours. A pair of the smaller rounds either side of this panel is the arrangement people ask for most.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDust with a dry, soft cloth or a soft brush - the raised relief holds dust in the grooves. Do not use water or spray cleaner on the clay work. If you want the mirrors bright, wipe them individually with a barely damp corner of the cloth.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy is it white when Lippan is usually coloured?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTraditional Lippan is clay and mirror, and the colour came later. Leaving it white returns it to the relief and the abhla, and gives you a piece that works in a room where a polychrome panel would be too much.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3,100 g, about 6.8 lb. Heavy enough to need a proper fixing - see above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the mirrors real glass?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Each abhla is a small cut glass mirror set into the clay by hand while it is still workable. They are not printed, and they are not plastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the relief deep?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDeeper than on the round panels. That is where most of the extra weight is, and it is why the piece casts shadow.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill mine look exactly like the photograph?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eClose, not identical. The relief is pressed out by hand and every mirror is placed individually, so the spacing and the line weight differ slightly from piece to piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the clay work chip?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt can if the panel is knocked hard against something, in the same way plasterwork can. In normal use on a wall it does not. Panels ship flat with corner protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable above a mandir?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is the most common use. It is a decorative panel rather than a consecrated murti - treat it as you would a framed deity image.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it go outdoors or in a bathroom?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. It is clay relief on an MDF board. Damp softens the clay and swells the board.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eShipping is insured. Photograph the damage, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace it or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer, so measure your wall first.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor hospitality, restaurants, stores or corporate gifting, email contact@urliutsav.com and we will quote you for a bulk order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. Lippan panels travel flat in a rigid box with corner protection. If one arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it - transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full range in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-handcrafted-wall-arts\"\u003eIndian Handcrafted Wall Art collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67698222334025,"sku":"lippan-ethnic-whiteganesha","price":175.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0989\/4002\/6953\/files\/ganesha-wallart-3.jpg?v=1792243232"},{"product_id":"24-handcrafted-mandala-wall-art-earthy-tones-decor","title":"24-Inch Mandala Wall Art – Maroon \u0026 Blue with Mirror Inlay","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis one is not a mirror. It is a solid two-foot mandala panel — maroon, sky blue and gold rings worked outward to a scalloped edge, with tiny mirror pieces set into the paint throughout and a small mirrored star at the very centre. If you want the mandala without giving up a reflection-free wall, this is the one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e24 inch diameter — two feet, scalloped edge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo centre mirror — a small mirrored medallion at the middle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10mm thick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 3 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMDF panel with hand-set mirror inlay\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand-painted in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanging fittings on the back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow it is made\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePainted freehand from the centre out, then inlaid: small pieces of mirror pressed into the surface one at a time, scattered through the rings rather than laid in a grid. Under a lamp they catch individually as you move, which is the whole effect and the reason the piece needs light to work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhere it goes\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAnywhere a mirror would be wrong. Facing a bed, opposite a front door, in a room where a reflective surface is unwanted for Vastu reasons, or simply on a wall where you want pattern rather than a second window. Also good in a group with smaller pieces, which the mirrored mandalas are too dominant for.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHanging it\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFittings are on the back. At 3 kg use screws into drywall anchors rather than a bare nail. Screws and wall anchors are not supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDust with a dry, soft brush — the inlaid pieces have edges and a cloth can snag. Never spray liquid at the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a mirror in the middle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOnly a small mirrored medallion, not a functional mirror. If you want a usable mirror at the centre, our \u003ca href=\"\/products\/24-lippan-mirror-wall-art-mandala-multicolor\"\u003e24-inch Multicolour Lippan mandala\u003c\/a\u003e is the same size with a 10-inch mirror.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre those real mirror pieces in the rings?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — small pieces of real mirror glass, set into the paint by hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy is it cheaper than the mandala mirrors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo large mirror to buy, cut and seat. The painting and inlay are the same work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor hospitality, stores, events or corporate gifting, email contact@urliutsav.com and we will quote you for a bulk order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. If it arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it — transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full range in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-handcrafted-wall-arts\"\u003eIndian Wall Art collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67698222366793,"sku":"TN-generic-earthy","price":120.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0989\/4002\/6953\/files\/mandala-generic1_1.jpg?v=1792243233"},{"product_id":"24-lippan-mirror-wall-art-black-white","title":"24-Inch Mandala Mirror Wall Art – Ivory \u0026 Black Geometric","description":"\u003cp\u003eOpen black line work on a cream ground, with gold beading around the rim and a 14-inch mirror at the centre. Where our other monochrome mandala is dense and dark, this one is mostly pale — a geometric star pattern drawn in fine black over ivory, with plenty of ground showing through.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e24 inch outer diameter — two feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14 inch mirror at the centre\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10mm thick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 3.22 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMDF disc with a glass mirror\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand-painted in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo hanging hooks fitted to the back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow it is painted\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFreehand from the centre out. Geometry is the hard discipline here: the star points have to meet exactly, and on a pale ground there is nowhere for a wobble to hide. The gold beads around the rim are applied individually after the line work is dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhere it goes\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is the most neutral mandala we make and the easiest to place — it will sit in a room that has nothing else Indian in it without announcing itself. Photographed on a deep teal wall and on warm white; the pale ground means it works best where there is some colour behind it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHanging it\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo hooks on the back rather than one, so the disc cannot rotate out of true. At 3.22 kg use screws into drywall anchors, or a stud. Screws and wall anchors are not supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDust with a dry, soft cloth. Glass cleaner on the centre mirror only, applied to the cloth rather than sprayed — a cream ground shows marks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is this different from your other black and white mandala?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis is the pale one: ivory ground, open black geometry, gold beading, 14-inch mirror. The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/24-lippan-mirror-wall-art-mandala-black-white\"\u003eMonochrome Feather\u003c\/a\u003e is black-dominant, much denser, with a 10-inch mirror. Same two colours, opposite effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the centre a real mirror?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — real glass, 14 inches across.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it look plain?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRestrained rather than plain. Up close the line work is intricate; from a distance it reads as a quiet graphic shape. That is the point of it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor hospitality, stores, events or corporate gifting, email contact@urliutsav.com and we will quote you for a bulk order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. If it arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it — transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full range in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/handcrafted-wall-mirrors\"\u003eHandcrafted Wall Mirrors collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67698222497865,"sku":"2ft-mirror-lippan-black-white","price":160.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0989\/4002\/6953\/files\/mandala-lippan-mirror-2.jpg?v=1792243235"},{"product_id":"4ft-artificial-jasmine-chandelier-with-pink-florals-leaves","title":"Jasmine Flower Chandelier Set of 3 - 4FT Hanging Floral Decor","description":"\u003cp\u003eThree floral chandeliers — pink, red and yellow — that hang from a ring and drop four feet, filling vertical space that garlands strung horizontally cannot reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCluster all three at different heights over a table or an entrance, or place one in each corner of a pooja space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of 3 chandeliers: Pink, Red and Yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 48 inches long, 11 inch ring diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColours: Pink, Red, Yellow, White and Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePerfect for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGanpati and Ganesh Chaturthi decor · Diwali, Navratri and Durga Puja · Varalakshmi Vratam and Golu · wedding ceilings and mandaps · pergolas and patios · housewarmings and baby showers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWays to use it\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eHang all three over a dining table at staggered heights for a layered centrepiece. Place one in each corner of a pooja room. Suspend them from a mandap ceiling, a pergola beam or a low tree branch. Because they drop vertically, they work in rooms where there is no wall left to decorate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eOccasions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGanpati and Ganesh Chaturthi, Diwali, Navratri, Durga Puja, Varalakshmi Vratam, Golu, weddings and mandaps, pergolas, patios and tree branches, housewarmings, baby showers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy customers love it\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eVertical decor is the gap most garland ranges leave. Three chandeliers in three colours hung at different heights turn an empty ceiling into the focal point of the room.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow to hang\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEach chandelier hangs from the ring at the top — use a ceiling hook, a curtain rod, a pergola beam or a branch. A push pin will not hold these; use a hook rated for at least a pound.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHooks are not included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeave at least 12 inches of clear space around each ring so the 48 inch drop hangs straight, and stagger the three at different heights rather than level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare \u0026amp; storage\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade for indoor use. They are not weatherproof, so on a covered patio or pergola keep them out of rain and direct sun and bring them in after the event.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust with a dry cloth or shake the drop out gently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore hanging from the ring rather than folded or boxed, so the four-foot drop does not crease.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReusable season after season, which is the whole point of choosing these over fresh flowers that are finished by the evening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eExplore more Indian garlands and festive decor in our full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/buy-affordable-indian-pooja-garlands-online-in-usa-urli-utsav\"\u003eTorans, Garlands \u0026amp; Danglers\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips free across the USA and Canada from San Ramon, California. Most orders leave within one business day. Handmade in India.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67698222891081,"sku":"chandelier-jasmine-set","price":65.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0989\/4002\/6953\/files\/chandelier-jasmine-4.jpg?v=1792243236"},{"product_id":"flower-pot-with-lid-set-antique-silver","title":"Flower Pot with Lid SET | Antique Silver","description":"\u003cp\u003eA pair of lidded pots in copper finished to antique silver, one 8.25 inches tall and one 6.25 inches, each banded top and bottom with a twisted rope moulding and engraved with a floral panel between. The lids lift off, so they work as covered containers or, without the lids, as narrow vases.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTall pot with lid: 8.25 inches high, 3.5 inches across\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShort pot with lid: 6.25 inches high, 3 inches across\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eSold as a set of two. The pots are straight-sided cylinders rather than tapered, so they hold more than their footprint suggests.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThey come with lids, which almost nothing else in the range does.\u003c\/strong\u003e That makes them useful for things you would rather not look at — dry fruit, jewellery, odds and ends.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo heights that group properly.\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.25 and 6.25 inches, so they read as a pair rather than two of the same thing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRope-twist banding.\u003c\/strong\u003e A twisted moulding runs round the top and the bottom of each pot, framing the engraved panel between.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e980 g for the set (approx. 2.2 lb).\u003c\/strong\u003e They sit solidly and the lids seat properly rather than rattling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of 2 pots with lids\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTall: 8.25 inches high, 3.5 inches diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShort: 6.25 inches high, 3 inches diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 980 g for the set (approx. 2.2 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: copper, nickel-plated and oxidised to an antique silver finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecoration: twisted rope banding with an engraved floral panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot dishwasher safe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA console or sideboard, lids on, as a pair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA dining table at Diwali, holding dry fruit and nuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA dressing table for rings and small jewellery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLids off, as narrow vases for a few stems each\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA mandir shelf, holding supari and elaichi\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLidded pots are a good gift precisely because the recipient decides what they are for. The set suits a housewarming or griha pravesh, a wedding and Diwali, and it photographs well enough that people tend to put it somewhere visible. Plain packaging with no price on it. Buying several sets for an event, get in touch before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this one pot or two?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTwo, with a lid each. The price is for the set.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the lids seal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey seat snugly but they are not airtight. Fine for dry fruit, nuts and supari over a few days; not a storage jar for anything that needs sealing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use them as vases?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, with the lids off. They are narrow, so a few stems each rather than an arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I put water and fresh flowers in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. We would use a glass or plastic liner inside if the flowers are staying more than a day or two — standing water against a plated surface will mark it eventually. Dried stems and silk flowers need no liner at all.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I put food in them?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDry food such as nuts, dry fruit and supari is fine. Wipe them out after rather than leaving anything oily sitting against the finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this German silver?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNot literally, and we would rather say so plainly. German silver — also sold as nickel silver — is a copper, nickel and zinc alloy that contains no silver in it at all. This piece is copper, nickel-plated and then oxidised so the darkening settles into the recesses of the engraving. A lot of this category gets sold as German silver regardless of what is actually underneath, so it is worth knowing which you are buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the two pots the same shape?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the same cylinder and the same banding, in two heights.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWipe with a soft dry cloth. Do not put it in the dishwasher and do not use abrasive scourers or acidic cleaners — they will cut through the plating. Between uses, store it in a sealed plastic bag; that slows tarnishing more than anything else you can do.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it tarnish?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSilver plating darkens over time, and the antique finish is designed to sit in the recesses and deepen the pattern as it does. That is the intended look. If you want it brighter, a light buff with a dry cloth on the raised areas will lift it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several for an event?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — get in touch before you order if you need more than a few. We can usually help on price for larger quantities and confirm stock before you commit to a date.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEvery order is insured. Photograph the box and the piece and contact us, and we will sort out a replacement or a refund.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the rest of the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/german-silver-housewarming-decor\"\u003eAntique Silver\u003c\/a\u003e range, or our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-festive-decor\"\u003eDiwali \u0026amp; Festive Decor\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67698223054921,"sku":"flower-pot-lid-set","price":110.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0989\/4002\/6953\/files\/FlowerVase-AntiqueSilver3.jpg?v=1792243238"},{"product_id":"jasmine-lotus-bud-door-toran-elegant-traditional-hanging","title":"Jasmine and Pink Bud Toran - 3FT or 5FT Door Bandhanwar","description":"\u003cp\u003eWhite jasmine in fabric with sola wood buds in pink — the one toran in our range built around white and pink rather than marigold orange.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf your entryway is neutral, minimalist or all-white, this carries the tradition without the colour clash a marigold toran creates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 toran\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5FT: 60 inches horizontal, or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3FT: 36 inches horizontal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: high-quality fabric and sola wood buds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBud colour: Pink\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePerfect for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeutral and minimalist entryways · wedding and reception entrances · Varalakshmi Vratam and Golu displays · pooja room and home mandir framing · housewarmings and baby showers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWays to use it\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eHang across a main door frame, or over an interior doorway where orange would fight the paintwork. Frame a home mandir. Use the 3FT across a window or fireplace mantel and the 5FT for a full-width front door.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eOccasions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWeddings and receptions, Varalakshmi Vratam, Golu, Diwali, Ganesh Chaturthi, housewarmings, baby showers, pooja room decor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy customers love it\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe white and pink palette is the reason people pick this one — it reads festive without taking over a neutral hallway. Sola wood buds have a soft, natural finish that moulded plastic does not.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow to hang\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo push pins or small adhesive hooks at the top corners hold it. No drilling required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePins and hooks are not included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet your fixing points about 34 inches apart for the 3FT, or about 58 inches apart for the 5FT, so the toran hangs level with a gentle drape in the middle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare \u0026amp; storage\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndoor use. Sola wood and fabric are not weatherproof and will mark if they get wet, so keep the toran away from rain and direct sun.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust with a dry cloth or a soft brush only. Do not wash — sola wood absorbs moisture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore flat or hanging rather than folded, so the buds keep their shape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReusable season after season, which is the whole point of choosing these over fresh flowers that are finished by the evening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eExplore more Indian garlands and festive decor in our full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/buy-affordable-indian-pooja-garlands-online-in-usa-urli-utsav\"\u003eTorans, Garlands \u0026amp; Danglers\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips free across the USA and Canada from San Ramon, California. Most orders leave within one business day. Handmade in India.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"3FT","offer_id":67698223415369,"sku":"Toran-56","price":35.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"5FT","offer_id":67698223448137,"sku":"Toran-41","price":45.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0989\/4002\/6953\/files\/Toran-white-4.jpg?v=1792243240"},{"product_id":"radha-krishna-wall-art","title":"Radha Krishna Wall Art – 20x16 Raised Jharokha Panel","description":"\u003cp\u003eRadha and Krishna seated together inside a jharokha arch, both built up in raised relief so they stand clear of the panel and throw a real shadow. Krishna is blue-skinned with a peacock-feather crown and his flute at his lips; Radha sits beside him in a green choli and red skirt, her odhni drawn over her hair. Behind them the ground runs from magenta into deep violet. Around the arch, a saffron field worked with fine gold jaali line work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e20\"H × 16\"W × 10mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 1.73 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMDF panel with raised MDF relief figures and mirror accents\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand-painted in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanging fittings on the back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow it is made\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe figures are cut individually — the flute, the crown, each layer of cloth — then built up on the panel so the composition has depth rather than being painted flat. Painting comes after: the gold border on Radha's skirt, the dots on Krishna's dhoti, the jewellery, the eyes. The ombre ground behind them is blended by hand, which is why no two panels shade at quite the same point.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhere it goes\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePooja rooms and prayer corners first. Beyond that: entryways, living-room gallery walls, and above a console — the photographs show it hung between two smaller framed pieces, which is how it works best in a group. It is a common wedding and griha pravesh gift, since Radha and Krishna are the traditional emblem of devoted love.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHanging it\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFittings are on the back. At 1.73 kg use a screw into a drywall anchor rather than a bare nail. Screws and wall anchors are not supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDust with a dry, soft brush, working around the raised figures. Do not spray liquid at the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the figures raised or printed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRaised. They are cut and layered onto the panel, then painted. Look at the angled photograph and you can see them standing off the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for a pooja room?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, and that is where most of them go. It is a wall panel rather than an idol, so it carries no ritual requirements — hang it where it can be seen.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it a good wedding gift?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is one of our most-gifted pieces for weddings and housewarmings. Radha and Krishna together are the standard emblem of devotion, and at 20 × 16 inches it is substantial enough to read as a real gift.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor weddings, events or corporate gifting, email contact@urliutsav.com and we will quote you for a bulk order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. If it arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it — transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full range in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-handcrafted-wall-arts\"\u003eIndian Wall Art collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67698223579209,"sku":"jharokha-radha-krishna","price":180.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0989\/4002\/6953\/files\/RadhaKrishna-UrliUtsavWallArt-1.jpg?v=1792243242"},{"product_id":"thunderstorm-blue-ridge-jharokha-wall-art","title":"Thunderstorm Blue Ridge Jharokha Wall Art – Opening Doors, 20x16","description":"\u003cp\u003eStorm blue, dry-brushed with gold so the two colours sit in the same surface rather than one on top of the other. Pull the pierced gold doors open and there is a mirror behind them. Signed on the reverse under the artist's studio label.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e20\"H × 16\"W × 12mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 1.8 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMDF panel, distressed blue and gold dry-brush finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo working pierced doors on brass hinges, over a glass mirror\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSigned by Sakshi Khullar on the reverse, under the Sakshi Khullar Art studio label\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanging bracket fitted to the back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat you are looking at\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe finish is the point of this one. The blue ground is worked over with gold in a dry brush, dragged rather than laid, so the gold catches only on the raised grain and the blue stays visible underneath. From across a room it reads as a single weathered blue-green. From two feet away it separates into two colours. It is the same distressing technique that makes old painted shutters look the way they do, done deliberately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt the centre, a pair of gold doors cut as a pointed jharokha arch and pierced with quatrefoil and teardrop openings, hung on brass hinges over a glass mirror.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy Blue Ridge\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne of five panels, each named for an American landscape and painted in its colours. The Blue Ridge takes its name from the haze that sits on those mountains, and that is what this finish is after: blue that is not quite blue, seen through weather. The others are Emerald Yosemite, Amber Bryce Canyon, Yellowstone Mist and the White House.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhere it goes\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAgainst wood, brick or warm plaster, where the blue has something to push against. It has been hung over a mantel, in a hotel-style formal room and at an apartment entrance between planters — all three are in the photographs. Because it can be displayed closed, it also works where a mirror facing the bed or the front door is unwanted for Vastu reasons.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHanging it\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA bracket is fitted to the back. At 1.8 kg, with doors that swing, use a screw into a stud or a rated drywall anchor. Screws and wall anchors are not supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDust with a dry, soft brush. Glass cleaner on the centre mirror only, applied to the cloth, never sprayed at the distressed finish. Do not oil the hinges.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the doors really open?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, on brass hinges, onto a mirror.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it signed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — on the reverse, in ink, beneath the artist's printed studio label.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the distressing a defect?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. It is applied on purpose and by hand, which means the pattern of it differs from panel to panel. If you want an even finish, the White House panel in the same series is the smoother one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does this differ from Yellowstone Mist?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSame doors, same size, same price. Thunderstorm has a plain distressed field around the doors. Yellowstone Mist fills that field with a gold lattice inlaid with mirror tiles — considerably busier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor hospitality, galleries, corporate gifting or a commissioned set, email contact@urliutsav.com. Availability on signed work is limited, so ask early.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. If it arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it — transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full range in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/handcrafted-rajasthani-jharokha-decor\"\u003eJharokha Wall Frames collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67698223743049,"sku":"sakshi-jharokha-doorstyle-blue","price":195.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0989\/4002\/6953\/files\/SakshiKhullarJharokha-Blue-1.jpg?v=1792243244"},{"product_id":"20x16-sakshi-khullar-white-house-jharokha-heritage-wall-art","title":"White House Jharokha Wall Art – Opening Gold Doors, 20x16","description":"\u003cp\u003eIvory and gold, and the only panel in the series with no colour in it at all. The field is worked in raised gold damask — flowering sprays built up in relief so they catch light across the surface rather than sitting flat in it. At the centre, a pair of pierced gold doors on brass hinges. They open. Behind them is a mirror. Signed on the reverse under the artist's studio label.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e20\"H × 16\"W × 12mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 1.37 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMDF panel with raised gold relief work, distressed ivory finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo working pierced doors on brass hinges, over a glass mirror\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSigned by Sakshi Khullar on the reverse, under the Sakshi Khullar Art studio label\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanging bracket fitted to the back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat you are looking at\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe doors are cut as a pointed jharokha arch and pierced with quatrefoil and teardrop openings, so even closed you see fragments of the mirror behind them, broken up like light through a screen. Open them and you get the whole arch. The ivory ground is distressed — the gold rubbed back at the edges so the piece reads as something that has been on a wall for a long time rather than something that arrived last week.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe frame is cream with a fine gilt bead running the inside edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy the White House\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne of five panels, each named for an American landmark or landscape and painted in its colours. Where the others take national parks, this one takes the building — white, columned, formal — and answers it in ivory and gold. The other four are Emerald Yosemite, Amber Bryce Canyon, Thunderstorm Blue Ridge and Yellowstone Mist.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhere it goes\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is the most neutral piece in the series, which makes it the one that goes into rooms the others cannot — a cream hallway, a formal living room, a bedroom where colour would be too much. It also suits a room where a mirror facing the bed or the front door is unwanted for Vastu reasons: close the doors and it is a panel, not a mirror.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHanging it\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA bracket is fitted to the back. At 1.37 kg, with doors that swing, use a screw into a drywall anchor so the panel cannot shift when they are opened. Screws and wall anchors are not supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDust the relief work and the pierced doors with a dry, soft brush — both hold dust and a cloth will snag on the cutouts. Glass cleaner on the centre mirror only, applied to the cloth. Do not oil the hinges.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the doors really open?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, on brass hinges, onto a mirror. You can leave them open, closed, or part-open.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it signed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — on the reverse, in ink, beneath the artist's printed studio label.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the gold work painted or raised?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRaised. The damask sprays stand off the surface in relief, then take the gold finish. It is why the field changes as you move past it instead of staying flat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it compare to the two canvas panels in the series?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEmerald Yosemite and Amber Bryce Canyon are paintings on canvas with mirror inlay, at $235. The three door panels, including this one, are relief and mirror work with opening doors, at $195. Different techniques, same artist, same series.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor hospitality, galleries, corporate gifting or a commissioned set, email contact@urliutsav.com. Availability on signed work is limited, so ask early.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. If it arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it — transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full range in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/handcrafted-rajasthani-jharokha-decor\"\u003eJharokha Wall Frames collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67698223906889,"sku":"sakshi-jharokha-doorstyle-white","price":195.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0989\/4002\/6953\/files\/SakshiJharokha-White_5f624fc0-823d-49e2-be75-5add4f196f4b.jpg?v=1792243245"},{"product_id":"wooden-nandi-cow-head-wall-hanging","title":"Wooden Nandi Cow Head Wall Hanging – 5 Earthy Colours","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe same hand-carved Nandi head, in the five quietest colours we paint it in — Jungle Green, Mustard, Coffee Bean, French Blue and Deep Green. These are the ones to choose if the brights would fight with your room. Against oak, walnut, limewash or a warm white wall they sit down rather than shout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproximately 17\"H × 13\"W × 4.5\"D, measured across the ears\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 850 g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: mango wood, hand-carved and hand-painted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting: keyhole hanger on a flat backing plate at the rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEars carved separately and slotted in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandcrafted in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow it is made\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach head is cut from a single block of mango wood and shaped by hand before any paint touches it. The painting is the slow part — fine brush line work laid over a base coat by artisans who have been painting this one form for years. The eye, the brow motif, the beaded collar: all freehand. What arrives is one craftsman's afternoon of work, not a moulded copy off a line.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe five colours\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eJungle Green\u003c\/strong\u003e — deep teal-green, with gold and orange line work and patterned ears\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMustard\u003c\/strong\u003e — warm ochre, red-tipped green horns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoffee Bean\u003c\/strong\u003e — dark brown with white dot work and a red band at the horn base; the most restrained of the five\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrench Blue\u003c\/strong\u003e — mid blue with deep red horns and a floral face panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeep Green\u003c\/strong\u003e — clear green with deep red horns and gold brow work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhere it goes\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRooms where the palette is already set — neutral living rooms, wood-panelled hallways, reading corners. Pooja rooms and meditation spaces, where Nandi has an obvious place. Above a sideboard, or in a pair flanking a doorway.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHanging it\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThere is a keyhole slot in a flat plate on the back. Drive a screw or a nail with a head into the wall, leave it standing a few millimetres proud, and drop the keyhole over it. At 850 g a drywall anchor is plenty — but a bare pushpin is not enough to hold it. Screws and wall anchors are not supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDust with a dry cloth. Keep it out of prolonged direct sunlight so the colours hold. Do not use water or solvent cleaners on the painted surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow muted are these, really?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMuted in the base colour, not in the detail. Every head still carries the freehand line work across the face. The difference is that the body colour recedes instead of leading.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the ears fixed or removable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey are carved as separate pieces and slot into the head — that is how the piece survives shipping intact. Seat each ear firmly into its slot when you unpack it. If one sits loose, a dab of wood glue in the slot holds it permanently.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this Nandi or a cow?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe form comes from South Indian folk carving, where the same shape is made both as the sacred cow and as Nandi, Shiva's bull. It is sold and lived with as either.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill two match each other?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eClosely, not exactly. Each is painted by hand, so a pair hung side by side will differ slightly in the fine detail. Most people read that as the point.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. For gallery walls, stores, events or corporate gifting, email contact@urliutsav.com and we will quote you for a bulk order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. If it arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it — transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full range in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-handcrafted-wall-arts\"\u003eIndian Wall Art collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Jungle Green","offer_id":67698224037961,"sku":"cowhead-187","price":75.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Mustard","offer_id":67698224070729,"sku":"cowhead-170","price":75.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Coffee Bean","offer_id":67698224103497,"sku":"cowhead-Natural-2","price":75.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"French Blue","offer_id":67698224136265,"sku":"cowhead-175","price":75.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Deep Green","offer_id":67698224169033,"sku":"cowhead-183","price":75.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0989\/4002\/6953\/files\/cowhead-urliutsav1.jpg?v=1792243247"},{"product_id":"marigold-pearl-dangler-garland","title":"Marigold Garland with Pearl Danglers - Set of 10, 2FT","description":"\u003cp\u003eShort marigold strings finished with pearl dangler links, so the shimmer catches light where a plain flower string would read flat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt two feet these are made for detail work rather than full drops — chair backs, table runs, banister posts, the edges of a Golu step.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 strings, 2 feet long each\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: high-quality plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColours: Red, Orange or Yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePerfect for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eStaircase and banister detailing · bridal and sangeet backdrops · festive tablescapes and chair backs · Golu and Varalakshmi step edging · Ganesh Chaturthi and Diwali pooja corners.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWays to use it\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTie one to each dining chair back for a festive table. Edge the front of a Golu or Varalakshmi step. Wrap a banister post. Run several across a bridal backdrop at staggered heights. Hang a few from a pergola or a low tree branch for an outdoor function. Two feet is short enough to use ten of them as detail across a room rather than two long drops.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eOccasions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDiwali and Ganesh Chaturthi, Golu and Varalakshmi, weddings and sangeet, haldi and mehndi, housewarmings, festive tablescapes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy customers love it\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe pearl danglers pick up light, which is what stops a short marigold string from disappearing against a wall. Ten short strings go further in detail work than two long ones.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow to hang\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA push pin or small adhesive hook holds each string. No drilling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePins and hooks are not included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAt two feet these work best in a repeating row — space them 6 to 8 inches apart along a step edge or backdrop, or tie one to each chair back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare \u0026amp; storage\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade for indoor use. They are not weatherproof, so on a covered patio or pergola keep them out of rain and direct sun and bring them in after the event.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust with a dry cloth. Wipe the pearl danglers dry so they keep their shine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore hanging or laid flat rather than folded, so the danglers do not tangle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReusable season after season, which is the whole point of choosing these over fresh flowers that are finished by the evening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eExplore more Indian garlands and festive decor in our full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/buy-affordable-indian-pooja-garlands-online-in-usa-urli-utsav\"\u003eTorans, Garlands \u0026amp; Danglers\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips free across the USA and Canada from San Ramon, California. Most orders leave within one business day. Handmade in India.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Red","offer_id":67698224463945,"sku":"Marigold-Pearl-Red","price":49.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Yellow","offer_id":67698224496713,"sku":"Marigold-Pearl-Yellow","price":49.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Orange","offer_id":67698224529481,"sku":"Marigold-Pearl-Orange","price":49.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0989\/4002\/6953\/files\/Pearl-Mogra-Garland-1.jpg?v=1792243249"},{"product_id":"silk-brocade-cushion-covers","title":"Silk Brocade Cushion Covers - Set of 5, 16x16 Indian Pillow Covers","description":"\u003cp\u003eFive woven silk brocade cushion covers at 16 x 16 inches - four solid grounds in a raised diamond weave and one multicolour stripe. Hidden zipper, plain back, sold as a set.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e16 x 16 inches (40 x 40 cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFive covers per set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHidden zipper, plain solid back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWoven silk brocade, four solid grounds and one stripe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand wash cold, line dry in shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCovers only - inserts not included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat brocade is\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrocade is woven, not printed. The pattern is built into the cloth on the loom with a supplementary weft thread, which is why the motif has a slight raised texture you can feel with a thumb and why it does not fade or crack the way a print does. It is the same construction used for Banarasi saris.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy this set\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese are the plainest of our four sets and the easiest to live with. The motif is a small repeating diamond rather than a large figurative design, so from across a room they read as texture and colour rather than as pattern. That makes them the set to buy if the cushions have to sit on a sofa year-round rather than come out for a week at Diwali.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in the set\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGold\u003c\/strong\u003e - diamond weave on a gold ground\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePink\u003c\/strong\u003e - the same weave in pink\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGreen\u003c\/strong\u003e - the same weave in green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRed\u003c\/strong\u003e - the same weave in red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMulticolour stripe\u003c\/strong\u003e - red, yellow, green and pink banded across the face\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eFour solids and one stripe. The stripe is the one that ties the other four together, which is why the set is built this way rather than as five separate colours.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhere they go\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAcross a three-seat sofa, where five is exactly the right number. Split two and three between a sofa and an armchair. On a bed as the front row over plain pillows. On floor cushions for a pooja or mehendi setup. They also work on outdoor seating for an evening, brought in after.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe rest of the range\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe make four sets of five at the same 16 inch size, so they mix: \u003ca href=\"\/products\/16x16-indian-cushion-cover-set-of-5-bandhani-pillow-covers\"\u003ethe Bandhani set\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/16x16-indian-cushion-cover-set-of-5-elephant-print-pillow-covers\"\u003ethe elephant motif set\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/set-of-5-silk-blend-cushion-covers-16x16-jacquard-brocade-floral-pillows-for-diwali-mehndi-wedding-decor\"\u003ethe Banarasi floral set\u003c\/a\u003e. Buying two sets and splitting them across a sofa and an armchair reads better than ten of one design in a row.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor the table below the sofa, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ethnic-table-runner-vibrant-bohemian-decor-for-diwali-celebration\"\u003esilk table runner\u003c\/a\u003e is woven in the same brocade.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFive covers in one box makes an easy Diwali or housewarming gift - it needs no sizing, no colour matching to the recipient's furniture, and it packs flat. Tell us at checkout if you are sending it directly and we will leave the invoice out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this embroidery or weaving?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWeaving. The diamond motif is loom-woven into the silk with a supplementary weft, not stitched onto the surface. Brocade and embroidery are different crafts and this is brocade - which is why the pattern cannot pull, snag or unpick.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill they fit a standard 16 inch insert?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. They are cut to 16 x 16 inches (40 x 40 cm). If you want a full, plump look rather than a soft one, use an 18 inch insert in the 16 inch cover - that is the usual trick and it works well with brocade because the cloth has body.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre cushion inserts included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Covers only, five of them. Inserts are cheap and bulky to ship, and most people already have them or prefer their own fill.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the back look like?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA plain solid panel in a colour matched to the front, with a hidden zipper along one edge. The back is deliberately quiet so the covers can be flipped or mixed without competing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean them?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHand wash cold, separately, and line dry in shade. Do not machine wash and do not tumble dry - brocade has metallic thread running through it that abrades in a drum. For a light refresh, steam on the reverse rather than pressing the face.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill all five look exactly like the photographs?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe designs will. Small differences in how the woven motif falls across each cover are normal and are a consequence of cutting patterned cloth by hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the colours fade?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBrocade holds colour well because the pattern is woven rather than surface-printed, but no dyed silk likes months of direct afternoon sun. On a sofa away from a south-facing window they will keep their colour for years.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if something arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eShipping is insured. Photograph it, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace it or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return them?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several sets?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes - sets are ordered in multiples for weddings and for hospitality. Email contact@urliutsav.com with your quantity and date and we will quote you.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. The covers ship folded flat in one polybagged box. If it arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it - transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full range in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-festive-decor\"\u003eDiwali \u0026amp; Festive Decor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67698224693321,"sku":"PillowCover-Brocade","price":45.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0989\/4002\/6953\/files\/pillowcover-multicolor-1.jpg?v=1792243251"},{"product_id":"banarasi-floral-cushion-covers","title":"Banarasi Floral Cushion Covers - Set of 5 Silk Blend, 16x16","description":"\u003cp\u003eFive Banarasi brocade cushion covers at 16 x 16 inches, woven with an all-over floral in gold against five grounds. A silk blend rather than pure silk, which is why this is the least expensive of our four sets.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e16 x 16 inches (40 x 40 cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFive covers per set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHidden zipper, plain solid back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSilk blend, jacquard-woven Banarasi floral\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand wash cold, line dry in shade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCovers only - inserts not included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat brocade is\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrocade is woven, not printed. The pattern is built into the cloth on the loom with a supplementary weft thread, which is why the motif has a slight raised texture you can feel with a thumb and why it does not fade or crack the way a print does. It is the same construction used for Banarasi saris.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBanarasi refers to Varanasi, where this style of gold-thread floral brocade has been woven for centuries and where the technique is still hand-loomed for saris. The motif here is the small all-over floral - the pattern that runs across the body of a Banarasi sari rather than the heavy border design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy this set\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA silk blend, and we would rather say so than call it silk. The blend is what brings this set in below the others, and on a cushion cover it is not a compromise worth worrying about - the blend actually holds its shape better under weekly use than pure silk does. The gold floral covers the whole face rather than sitting in a panel, so these are the softest-looking of the four sets from a distance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in the set\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite and gold\u003c\/strong\u003e - the quietest of the five\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePink\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMagenta\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYellow and gold\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eFive distinct colours, all carrying the same gold floral. This is the set that works in a room that is not already warm-toned, because the white-and-gold cover gives the group somewhere to breathe.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhere they go\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOn a pale or grey sofa, where a gold floral lifts without shouting. Across a bed as a full row of five. At a wedding or engagement, where white-and-gold is usually the brief. In a formal living room that is used year-round rather than a festival setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe rest of the range\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe make four sets of five at the same 16 inch size, so they mix: \u003ca href=\"\/products\/16x16-indian-cushion-cover-set-of-5-silk-brocade-pillow-covers-boho-decor-diwali-housewarming-gift\"\u003ethe multicolour diamond brocade set\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/16x16-indian-cushion-cover-set-of-5-bandhani-pillow-covers\"\u003ethe Bandhani set\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/16x16-indian-cushion-cover-set-of-5-elephant-print-pillow-covers\"\u003ethe elephant motif set\u003c\/a\u003e. Buying two sets and splitting them across a sofa and an armchair reads better than ten of one design in a row.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor the table below the sofa, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ethnic-table-runner-vibrant-bohemian-decor-for-diwali-celebration\"\u003esilk table runner\u003c\/a\u003e is woven in the same brocade.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFive covers in one box makes an easy Diwali or housewarming gift - it needs no sizing, no colour matching to the recipient's furniture, and it packs flat. Tell us at checkout if you are sending it directly and we will leave the invoice out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this pure silk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, a silk blend. The three other sets linked above are woven in pure silk brocade - the blend is why this set is a few dollars less, and on a cushion cover that gets weekly use it actually holds its shape a little better.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does jacquard mean here?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe loom mechanism that lets a weaver produce a complex figured pattern - it is how the floral gets into the cloth rather than onto it. Practically, it means the pattern is permanent.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill they fit a standard 16 inch insert?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. They are cut to 16 x 16 inches (40 x 40 cm). If you want a full, plump look rather than a soft one, use an 18 inch insert in the 16 inch cover - that is the usual trick and it works well with brocade because the cloth has body.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre cushion inserts included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Covers only, five of them. Inserts are cheap and bulky to ship, and most people already have them or prefer their own fill.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the back look like?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA plain solid panel in a colour matched to the front, with a hidden zipper along one edge. The back is deliberately quiet so the covers can be flipped or mixed without competing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean them?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHand wash cold, separately, and line dry in shade. Do not machine wash and do not tumble dry - brocade has metallic thread running through it that abrades in a drum. For a light refresh, steam on the reverse rather than pressing the face.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill all five look exactly like the photographs?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe designs will. Small differences in how the woven motif falls across each cover are normal and are a consequence of cutting patterned cloth by hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the colours fade?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBrocade holds colour well because the pattern is woven rather than surface-printed, but no dyed silk likes months of direct afternoon sun. On a sofa away from a south-facing window they will keep their colour for years.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if something arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eShipping is insured. Photograph it, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace it or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return them?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several sets?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes - sets are ordered in multiples for weddings and for hospitality. Email contact@urliutsav.com with your quantity and date and we will quote you.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. The covers ship folded flat in one polybagged box. If it arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it - transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full range in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-festive-decor\"\u003eDiwali \u0026amp; Festive Decor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67698224857161,"sku":"PillowCover-banarasi-silk","price":42.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0989\/4002\/6953\/files\/pillowcover-floral-1.jpg?v=1792243252"},{"product_id":"brass-shankh-chakra-hanging-diya","title":"Brass Shankh and Chakra Hanging Diya - Set of 2 with Chains","description":"\u003cp\u003eTwo brass hanging oil lamps, one topped with the \u003cstrong\u003eShankh\u003c\/strong\u003e and one with the \u003cstrong\u003eChakra\u003c\/strong\u003e - the conch and the discus, two of the four emblems Vishnu holds. Each hangs from a 14-inch chain and holds oil and a wick, so they light a pooja room from above rather than from a shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of 2 hanging oil lamps, Shankh and Chakra\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6 in high · 3.5 in wide, each\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChain length 14 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight 1,370 g for the set (approx. 48 oz \/ 3 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: brass with a golden polish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandcrafted in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThey hang.\u003c\/strong\u003e Almost every brass diya sits on a surface. These free up the shelf and put the light at eye level, which is how temple lamps are hung.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA matched pair of emblems, not two of the same.\u003c\/strong\u003e Shankh and Chakra are meant to flank - one on each side of the deity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1,370 g for the set\u003c\/strong\u003e - about 3 lb - so they hang straight and steady instead of spinning on the chain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA pooja room or home mandir, hung either side of the deity. Also used in an entryway, on a balcony under cover, or flanking a doorway during Diwali and Karthigai Deepam.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA housewarming or wedding gift for someone who already has table lamps and has run out of surface. The pair format makes it complete as it comes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I hang them?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFrom the chain at the top, on a ceiling hook or a wall bracket. At roughly 685 g each they need a proper hook rather than an adhesive one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat oil and wick do they take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSesame or coconut oil with a cotton wick, or ghee. Fill the bowl to about two-thirds so it does not slop when the lamp swings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat do the Shankh and Chakra stand for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe conch and the discus, two of the four attributes Vishnu carries. The Shankh is associated with purity and the sound that opens a ritual; the Chakra with order and righteousness.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo they swing?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey settle quickly once hung. Keep them clear of a door that slams or a vent blowing directly on them, particularly when lit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it solid brass?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. At 1,370 g for the pair the weight confirms it - a plated or hollow piece of these dimensions would weigh a fraction as much.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWipe out the cooled oil with a paper towel, then dust with a dry cloth. Pitambari powder, Brasso or lemon and salt all bring the shine back. Dry it thoroughly afterwards.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the finish change over time?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBrass darkens naturally. Polish it back with a standard brass cleaner if you prefer it bright, or leave it to deepen - both are normal and neither harms the piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eShipping is insured. Photograph the damage, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace it or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer, so please check the dimensions against your space first.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. Brass is heavy and we pack it accordingly - if anything arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee more brass decor and spiritual pieces in our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/collections\/brass-love\"\u003eBrass Love Collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67698224955465,"sku":"shankcakra","price":110.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0989\/4002\/6953\/files\/shankchakra3_a052f7f0-7d21-4064-8037-443e8294416a.jpg?v=1792243255"},{"product_id":"pearl-potli-bags-set","title":"Pearl Potli Bags - Set of 2 Bandhani Pouches with Pearl Straps","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe dressed-up version of the potli: two Bandhani drawstring pouches, ten inches square, with a multi-strand pearl and gold-bead strap instead of a plain cord, and a beaded mandala medallion worked into the front. These are made to be carried at a function rather than handed out at the door.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of 2 bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 x 10 inches each\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal weight: approx. 100 g (3.5 oz) for the pair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBandhani-dyed fabric with pearls, beads and tassel trim\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrawstring closure with a pearl strap handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry clean only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrice is for the set of two\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat Bandhani is\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBandhani, or bandhej, is the tie-dye of Gujarat and Rajasthan. The cloth is pinched into hundreds of tiny points, each tied off with thread, then dyed - the tied points resist and come out as dots. The word comes from bandhan, to tie. It is why the pattern here is speckled and slightly irregular rather than printed and even.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy these\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe strap is the difference. A plain potli has a cord you pull; this one has a looped handle strung with pearls and gold beads, long enough to hang from the wrist. On the front, a mandala medallion is beaded on by hand - not appliqued, not printed. Two bags to a set, 100 g for the pair, so they post as easily as a card.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in the set\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo bags, ten inches square each\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePearl and gold bead strap handle on each\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBeaded mandala medallion on the front\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGold tassels at the base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe colourways shown across the photographs include pink, yellow, maroon and gold. Check the images on this listing for the pair currently supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhere they work\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCarried at a wedding, a mehndi or a sangeet - this is the bag that goes with the outfit rather than the one the outfit's jewellery arrives in. Also given as a bridesmaid gift, and used as a jewellery pouch for travel, where the pearl strap makes it easy to find in a bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBridesmaid and bridal party gifts, a mehndi favour for the close family rather than the whole guest list, a birthday, or a gift for someone who already has plenty of things and no more room for objects. If you need pouches in bulk for a whole function, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/indian-handmade-potli-bags-set-of-10-wedding-favor-return-gift-clutch-purse-drawstring-pouch-free-usa-shipping\"\u003eplain Bandhani set of ten\u003c\/a\u003e is the one to order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDry clean only. Bandhani is dyed rather than printed, so washing at home will bleed the colour. Keep the pearl strap out of perfume and hairspray.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many bags do I get?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTwo. The price is for the pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is this different from your set of ten?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThese are larger at ten inches, they have a pearl and gold bead strap handle rather than a plain drawstring cord, and they carry a beaded mandala medallion on the front. The set of ten is the plain version, made for handing out in quantity.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the pearls real?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. They are decorative faux pearls strung with gold-toned beads.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the strap long enough to carry on the shoulder?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is a wrist-length looped handle, not a shoulder strap.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat will fit inside?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAt ten inches square: a phone, a jewellery set, a lipstick and a card. It is a functional evening pouch, not a handbag.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is Bandhani?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA tie-dye technique from Gujarat and Rajasthan in which the cloth is tied off in hundreds of tiny points before dyeing, so the tied spots stay undyed. The dots are the signature.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill mine look exactly like the photographs?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eClose, not identical. Bandhani is a hand process and the beadwork is applied by hand, so both vary between bags.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order these in bulk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Email contact@urliutsav.com with your quantity and your date and we will quote you and confirm timing before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if they arrive damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eShipping is insured. Photograph the damage, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace them or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return them?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. If it arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it - transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee more gifting pieces in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-return-gifts\"\u003eIndian Return Gifts\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67698225021001,"sku":"potli-wedding","price":30.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0989\/4002\/6953\/files\/potliimage1.jpg?v=1792243257"},{"product_id":"silk-brocade-pooja-aasan-set","title":"Silk Brocade Pooja Aasan Set - 54x24 Runner \u0026 Two 24x24 Mats","description":"\u003cp\u003eA three-piece pooja aasan set in silk brocade: one 54 x 24 inch runner for the shelf or chowki, and two 24 inch square mats to sit on. One kilogram of cloth across the set.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRunner: 54 x 24 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo square mats: 24 x 24 inches each\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThree pieces per set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 1 kg for the set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSilk brocade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThree designs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpot clean or dry clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat an aasan set is\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn aasan is the cloth you sit on, or set the deity on, during a pooja - the mat that marks the space as the space. A set like this covers both jobs: a long runner for the shelf or chowki the idols stand on, and two square mats for whoever is sitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWoven brocade rather than printed cotton, which matters on a mat that gets folded and refolded every festival - the pattern is in the cloth, so it will not crack along the crease. Each design is built as a patterned centre inside a contrasting lattice border, so the runner reads as framed rather than as a length of fabric. At 1 kg for three pieces it has enough weight to lie flat on a polished shelf without sliding.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich design\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGreen Lattice\u003c\/strong\u003e - green centre with a red lattice border\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBandhani\u003c\/strong\u003e - maroon patterned centre with a yellow lattice border\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElephant Motif\u003c\/strong\u003e - maroon elephants with a red lattice border\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eAll three come as the same three pieces at the same price. The elephant design is the most figurative; Green Lattice is the quietest against a white or pale mandir.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhere it goes\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe runner along a mandir shelf, a chowki or a bajot, with the idols standing on it. The two square mats on the floor in front, for whoever is doing the pooja. Also used as an altar cloth at a satyanarayan pooja, under a kalash at a griha pravesh, as a meditation seat, and as a dining runner outside festival season - the runner is the right proportion for a six-seat table.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe other set\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe make two aasan sets. This one and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/banarasi-brocade-pooja-aasan-set-runner-mat-56x34-square-mats-24x24-diwali-utsav\"\u003ethe Banarasi brocade set with a wider 54 x 36 runner\u003c\/a\u003e. Both include two 24 inch square mats; the difference is the runner width and the cloth. Measure the shelf or chowki the runner has to cover before choosing - twelve inches of extra depth is the whole decision.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor a smaller base under a single diya or idol, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/reversible-patola-brocade-mat-set-of-4\"\u003e9 inch Patola mats\u003c\/a\u003e are the set to look at.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn aasan set is the gift for a new home with a new mandir in it - griha pravesh, a wedding, or a first Diwali in a house. It needs no sizing and it gets used. Tell us at checkout if you are sending it directly and we will leave the invoice out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many pieces do I get?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThree: one 54 x 24 inch runner and two 24 x 24 inch square mats, all in the design you select.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich set should I buy - this one or the Banarasi?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe runner is the difference. This one is 24 inches deep, the Banarasi is 36. Measure your mandir shelf or chowki: if it is deeper than about 22 inches, go to the Banarasi set.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I sit on the square mats for a long pooja?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThey are cloth mats rather than cushions, so on a hard floor for an hour you will want something underneath. For a short aarti they are fine as they are.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSpot clean with a barely damp cloth, or dry clean. Do not machine wash - silk brocade with metallic thread does not survive a drum, and a soaked mat dries misshapen.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it arrive creased?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFolded, so yes, lightly. Steam it from the reverse or press on low with a cloth between the iron and the brocade. Do not put a hot iron directly onto the metallic thread.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I put a diya or lamp directly on it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUse a thali or a tray under anything with a flame or hot oil. It is silk brocade - it will scorch, and lamp oil does not come out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it look exactly like the photograph?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe design will. Where the woven repeat falls across the runner and the mats varies a little from set to set, because the cloth is cut by hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eShipping is insured. Photograph it, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace it or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several sets?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes - these are ordered in multiples for temples, community poojas and event setups. Email contact@urliutsav.com with your quantity and date and we will quote you.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. The set ships folded flat in one box. If it arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it - transit damage is covered. If you are ordering to a date, tell us at checkout and we will confirm the timing before we ship.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full range in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-festive-decor\"\u003eDiwali \u0026amp; Festive Decor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Green Lattice","offer_id":67698225053769,"sku":"aasan-green","price":75.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Elephant Motif","offer_id":67698225086537,"sku":"aasan-elephant","price":75.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Bandhani","offer_id":67698225119305,"sku":"aasan-bandhani","price":75.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0989\/4002\/6953\/files\/poojaaasan4.jpg?v=1792243259"},{"product_id":"banarasi-pooja-aasan-set","title":"Banarasi Brocade Pooja Aasan Set - 54x36 Runner \u0026 Two Mats","description":"\u003cp\u003eA three-piece pooja aasan set in Banarasi brocade: one 54 x 36 inch runner and two 24 inch square mats. The deeper runner of our two sets - a foot more depth than the standard one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRunner: 54 x 36 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo square mats: 24 x 24 inches each\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThree pieces per set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 1.4 kg for the set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBanarasi silk brocade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThree designs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpot clean or dry clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat an aasan set is\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn aasan is the cloth you sit on, or set the deity on, during a pooja - the mat that marks the space as the space. A set like this covers both jobs: a long runner for the shelf or chowki the idols stand on, and two square mats for whoever is sitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe runner is 36 inches deep rather than 24, which is the reason to choose this set. A standard 24 inch runner leaves the back of a deep mandir shelf bare and the idols standing half on cloth and half on wood. Thirty-six inches covers a full chowki or a deep shelf properly. It is also Banarasi brocade - the gold-thread weaving from Varanasi - and at 1.4 kg the set is noticeably heavier in the hand than the standard one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich design\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGreen Floral\u003c\/strong\u003e - green ground with a floral pattern\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePink Zigzag\u003c\/strong\u003e - pink with a zigzag and white lattice\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYellow Elephant\u003c\/strong\u003e - yellow with an elephant motif and a red border\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eThree pieces in the design you choose. Yellow Elephant is the most traditional for a mandir; Pink Zigzag is the one that works outside a pooja context as a table runner.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhere it goes\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAcross a deep mandir shelf, a full-size chowki or a bajot, with room behind the idols rather than cloth running out at the back. On the floor as the base for a havan or a satyanarayan pooja setup. Under a kalash at a griha pravesh. As a dining runner on a wide table when the festival is over - 36 inches is generous for that and looks deliberate rather than makeshift.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe other set\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe make two aasan sets. This one and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-yellow-elephant-motif-pooja-aasan-set-silk-brocade-runner-mats-prayer-mat-altar-cloth-meditation-mat-shrine-cover-diwali-housewarming-decor\"\u003ethe silk brocade set with a 54 x 24 runner\u003c\/a\u003e. Both include two 24 inch square mats; the difference is the runner width and the cloth. Measure the shelf or chowki the runner has to cover before choosing - twelve inches of extra depth is the whole decision.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor a smaller base under a single diya or idol, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/reversible-patola-brocade-mat-set-of-4\"\u003e9 inch Patola mats\u003c\/a\u003e are the set to look at.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe set to send for a griha pravesh or a wedding where you know the household keeps a full-size mandir rather than a shelf. Tell us at checkout if you are sending it directly and we will leave the invoice out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the runner exactly?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e54 inches long by 36 inches deep. The two square mats are 24 x 24 inches each.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich set should I buy - this one or the standard silk brocade set?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eRunner depth. This one is 36 inches deep, the other is 24. Measure your mandir shelf or chowki front to back: anything over about 22 inches wants this set.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many pieces do I get?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThree: the 54 x 36 runner and two 24 x 24 square mats, all in the design you select.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSpot clean with a barely damp cloth, or dry clean. Do not machine wash - silk brocade with metallic thread does not survive a drum, and a soaked mat dries misshapen.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it arrive creased?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFolded, so yes, lightly. Steam it from the reverse or press on low with a cloth between the iron and the brocade. Do not put a hot iron directly onto the metallic thread.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I put a diya or lamp directly on it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUse a thali or a tray under anything with a flame or hot oil. It is silk brocade - it will scorch, and lamp oil does not come out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it look exactly like the photograph?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe design will. Where the woven repeat falls across the runner and the mats varies a little from set to set, because the cloth is cut by hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eShipping is insured. Photograph it, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace it or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several sets?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes - these are ordered in multiples for temples, community poojas and event setups. Email contact@urliutsav.com with your quantity and date and we will quote you.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. The set ships folded flat in one box. If it arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it - transit damage is covered. If you are ordering to a date, tell us at checkout and we will confirm the timing before we ship.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full range in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-festive-decor\"\u003eDiwali \u0026amp; Festive Decor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Pink Zigzag","offer_id":67698225479753,"sku":"puja-bandhani","price":85.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Yellow Elephant","offer_id":67698225512521,"sku":"puja-elephant","price":85.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Green Floral","offer_id":67698225545289,"sku":"puja-green","price":85.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0989\/4002\/6953\/files\/aasanmatset6.jpg?v=1792243261"},{"product_id":"9-5-inch-brass-ganesha-statue","title":"9.5in Brass Ganesha Statue - Antique Gold Ganpati Idol","description":"\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003eGanesha statue\u003c\/strong\u003e in solid brass, 9.5 inches tall and weighing 4.5 kg. Ganesha — also called Ganpati, Vinayak or Vinayagar — is the remover of obstacles, which is why he is placed at entrances and installed first at housewarmings and new beginnings. This one is hand-engraved and finished in antique gold, substantial enough to hold a console table or an entryway on its own.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight 9.5\" · Width 7.5\" · Depth 4.5\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight 4,500 g (approx. 159 oz \/ 9.9 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: solid brass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: antique gold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand-engraved detailing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSingle piece — one statue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandcrafted in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIt has real weight.\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.5 kg of solid brass, not a hollow cast or a plated resin piece. You feel the difference the moment you lift it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHand-engraved, not stamped.\u003c\/strong\u003e The crown, headdress and cushion base carry fine engraved work done by hand in India.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAntique gold finish\u003c\/strong\u003e rather than bright polish, so it reads as an heirloom piece rather than a new ornament.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSized for display, not just an altar.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 9.5\" tall and 7.5\" wide it works as a standalone statement piece on a console, sideboard or entry table.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEntryway or foyer\u003c\/strong\u003e — the traditional placement, greeting anyone who comes in. \u003cstrong\u003eHome temple or pooja room.\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eLiving room console or side table.\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eMeditation and yoga spaces.\u003c\/strong\u003e Also used in offices, studios and Indian restaurants where a single substantial piece needs to carry a corner.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGanesha is the customary gift for beginnings, which makes this a natural choice for a \u003cstrong\u003ehousewarming\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003egriha pravesh\u003c\/strong\u003e, a wedding, a new business or office opening, or a milestone birthday. It is also a standard \u003cstrong\u003eDiwali\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eGanesh Chaturthi\u003c\/strong\u003e gift. At 4.5 kg it arrives feeling like a serious present rather than a token one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it really?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e9.5 inches tall, 7.5 inches wide, 4.5 inches deep. About the height of a standard sheet of paper on its side, and wide enough to need a surface of at least 10 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it solid brass or plated?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSolid brass throughout. At 4,500 g the weight itself confirms it — a plated or hollow piece this size would be a fraction of that.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the finish change over time?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBrass darkens naturally. The antique gold finish is intended to deepen with age. If you prefer it brighter, a standard brass polish restores the shine; if you like the patina, simply leave it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDust with a dry cloth. Avoid water, and do not put it in a dishwasher. For a deeper clean use a brass polish sparingly and buff dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it go outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is made for indoor use. Brass will weather and spot outdoors, so keep it under cover if you place it on a porch or patio.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs a stand or base included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe statue sits on its own engraved cushion base. No separate stand is needed or supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eShipping is insured. Photograph the damage, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace it or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer, so please check the dimensions against your space first.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. Brass is heavy and we pack it accordingly — if anything arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee more brass decor and spiritual statues in our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/collections\/brass-love\"\u003eBrass Love Collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67698225872969,"sku":"brass-ganesha-21","price":250.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0989\/4002\/6953\/files\/ganesha-brass-2.jpg?v=1792243262"},{"product_id":"12-brass-buddha-statue-bhumisparsha-mudra-meditation-home-decor","title":"12 Inch Brass Buddha Statue – Vitarka Mudra Meditation Decor","description":"\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003ebrass Buddha statue\u003c\/strong\u003e, 12 inches tall and 3.4 kg, seated in \u003cstrong\u003eVitarka Mudra\u003c\/strong\u003e — the teaching gesture, thumb and index finger meeting to form a circle, symbolising the transmission of knowledge. Cast in solid brass, hand-engraved and finished in antique gold. Substantial enough to anchor a meditation corner, a yoga studio or a living room on its own.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight 12\" · Width 8\" · Depth 5.5\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight 3,425 g (approx. 120 oz \/ 7.5 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: solid brass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: antique gold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosture: seated, Vitarka Mudra\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand-engraved detailing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSingle piece — one statue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandcrafted in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3.4 kg of solid brass.\u003c\/strong\u003e Not resin, not plated, not hollow-cast. The weight is the quality signal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVitarka Mudra, specifically.\u003c\/strong\u003e The teaching gesture, rather than the generic seated pose most mass-market Buddha statues use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHand-engraved robe and base detailing\u003c\/strong\u003e, done in India, visible up close rather than only in the silhouette.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAntique gold finish\u003c\/strong\u003e that reads warm rather than shiny, so it sits comfortably in a calm, neutral room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA genuine 12 inches\u003c\/strong\u003e — large enough to be the focal point of a space, not an accessory on a shelf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMeditation room or corner.\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eYoga studio.\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eWellness and treatment spaces\u003c\/strong\u003e, including spas and therapy rooms. \u003cstrong\u003eLiving room console or entryway.\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eHome temple.\u003c\/strong\u003e It reads as sculpture as much as devotional object, so it does not require a dedicated spiritual space to belong.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA common gift for a \u003cstrong\u003ehousewarming\u003c\/strong\u003e, a wedding, or someone setting up a meditation or yoga practice. Also given to mark a milestone or transition. Because it is not tied to a single tradition, it suits recipients who want a calm, meaningful object without a specific religious frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is Vitarka Mudra?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe gesture of teaching and discussion. The thumb and index finger touch to form a circle while the remaining fingers extend upward, representing the transmission of knowledge. It differs from the earth-touching Bhumisparsha gesture and from the meditation Dhyana gesture.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is it really?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e12 inches tall, 8 inches wide, 5.5 inches deep, and 3.4 kg. It needs a surface of at least 10 inches and a sturdy one — this is not a lightweight ornament.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it solid brass?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. At 3,425 g the weight confirms it; a plated or hollow piece of these dimensions would weigh a fraction as much.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the finish change over time?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBrass darkens naturally and the antique gold finish is meant to deepen. Polish it back with a brass cleaner if you prefer it bright, or leave it to patina.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDust with a dry cloth. Avoid water and never put it in a dishwasher. Use brass polish sparingly and buff dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it go outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is made for indoor use. Brass weathers and spots outdoors, so keep it sheltered if you place it on a covered patio.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eShipping is insured. Photograph the damage, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace it or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer, so check the dimensions against your space first.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. Brass is heavy and we pack it accordingly — if anything arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee more brass decor and spiritual statues in our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/collections\/brass-love\"\u003eBrass Love Collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67698226331721,"sku":"buddha-brass","price":225.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0989\/4002\/6953\/files\/buddha-brass-16.jpg?v=1792243264"},{"product_id":"copper-tone-gift-set","title":"Copper-Tone Gift Set - Jar Hamper with Tray or Set of 6 Boxes","description":"\u003cp\u003eTwo ways to give the same thing. Either a ready-made hamper - two hammered copper-tone jars with floral lids sitting on a wooden tray with metal leaf handles, wrapped in tulle and ribbon - or a plain set of six lidded copper-tone boxes to fill and give one per guest. Both are hammered steel with a copper coating.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHamper:\u003c\/strong\u003e two 4-inch jars, one 10 x 6 inch wooden tray, ribbons. Total 690 g (approx. 1.5 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBox set:\u003c\/strong\u003e six 5-inch lidded boxes, 250 g each, approx. 1.5 kg (3.3 lb) for the six\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMild steel with a copper coating, hammered finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWooden tray with metal handles, on the hamper only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandcrafted in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContents are not included - the jars and boxes arrive empty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrice differs between the two options - choose above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich set\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHamper\u003c\/strong\u003e - two 4-inch jars with floral lids, a 10 x 6 inch wooden tray with metal handles, and decorative ribbon. 690 g. Arrives presented, so there is nothing to wrap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBox set\u003c\/strong\u003e - six round 5-inch lidded boxes, 250 g each, 1.5 kg for the six. No tray and no ribbon - these are the ones you fill and hand out\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe hamper is one gift for one person. The box set is six gifts for six people, at a lower cost each. That is the whole decision.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy these\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe hammering is real - you can feel the dimples, and they break up reflected light rather than throwing it back flat the way a smooth surface does. The lids are moulded with a floral pattern and lift clear, so the jars work as containers rather than just as objects. At 4 and 5 inches they hold about a handful of dry fruit each, which is the standard quantity for a return gift.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe hamper sits on a console or a coffee table as it is, and the tray stays useful long after the jars are emptied. The boxes go on a pooja shelf, a dressing table or a desk - dry fruit, supari, jewellery, paper clips.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eHousewarming and griha pravesh, weddings, Diwali, Christmas, anniversaries, and corporate gifting. Most customers fill them before giving - almonds, cashews, dates, chocolates or mithai. The hamper is what you take to one house; the box set is what you prepare for a function.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe with a dry soft cloth. Copper coating over steel is not solid copper, so do not use a copper cleaner or an abrasive scourer on it - both will cut through the coating. Keep them dry and out of the dishwasher.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this solid copper?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. It is mild steel with a copper coating and a hammered finish. We say so plainly - it matters both for the price and for how you clean it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat exactly comes in the hamper?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTwo 4-inch jars with lids, one 10 x 6 inch wooden tray with metal handles, and decorative ribbons. It arrives assembled and wrapped.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many boxes in the box set?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSix, all the same, five inches across each.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the jars and boxes filled?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. They arrive empty. Almost everyone fills them with dry fruit or sweets before giving.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I put food directly in them?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDry items on a liner - nuts, dry fruit, wrapped sweets - are what they are used for. Coated steel is not food-grade for anything wet or oily.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the copper darken?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is a coating rather than solid copper, so it does not develop a patina the way real copper does. Keep it dry and it stays as it arrived.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich one should I order for a function?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe box set. Six pieces, one per guest, no tray to pay for. The hamper is for a single recipient.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order these in bulk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Email contact@urliutsav.com with your quantity and your date and we will quote you and confirm timing before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eShipping is insured. Photograph the damage, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace it or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. If it arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it - transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee more gifting pieces in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-return-gifts\"\u003eIndian Return Gifts\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Hamper","offer_id":67698226462793,"sku":"gift-hamper-set","price":45.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Box","offer_id":67698226495561,"sku":"gift-box-set","price":60.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0989\/4002\/6953\/files\/copper-gifting-16.jpg?v=1792243266"},{"product_id":"handcrafted-diwali-t-light-holder-set-of-2","title":"Gold Wall Hanging T-Light Holders - Set of 2, 26in Iron","description":"\u003cp\u003eTwo vertical strands, twenty-six inches long, each made of six laser-cut gold discs with a small tealight cup in front of every disc. Twelve lights across the pair, hanging on the wall rather than sitting on a table.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of 2 wall hanging holders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e26 in tall per holder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6 tealight cups per holder, 12 across the set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e400 g for the set of 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: iron, gold polished\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for LED or electric tealights only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTealights and push pins are not included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEverything else in this collection lives on a surface, and surfaces run out. A pair of these either side of a doorway, a mirror or a mandir gives you a vertical run of light where there was nothing before, and the cut-out discs behind each cup catch the glow so the wall lights up as well. The whole set weighs 400 grams, so a single push pin takes one strand - no drilling, no anchors, nothing to patch afterwards.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEither side of a front door, flanking a mandir or a mirror, down the wall of a stairwell, in a hallway that has no surface to put anything on. Renters can hang and remove them without leaving a mark worth mentioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn easy gift for someone in an apartment - it solves the problem of having nowhere left to put decorations, and it goes up in about a minute.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eQuestions people ask\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use real tea lights in these?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Use LED or electric tealights only. This is a lightweight hanging piece against a wall, and an open flame on a swinging strand is not a risk worth taking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I hang it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach strand hangs from a single point. Press a push pin into the wall at a slight upward angle, hook the strand over it, and check it is seated before you add the tealights. At 400 grams for the set, drywall and a push pin are enough.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre tealights or pins included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNeither. You supply your own LED tealights and push pins.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA soft dry cloth down each disc. This is iron under a gold polish, so keep it dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it swing or rattle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt hangs flat against the wall and settles quickly. Away from a door that slams or a vent that blows directly on it, it stays put.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I hang it outside?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOn a covered porch for an evening, yes. Bring it in overnight - a gold polish on iron will not survive weeks outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the discs come off?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe strand is linked as one piece. It is not designed to be shortened.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere are these made?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIndia, by hand. Small differences between pieces in a set are normal and are how you can tell handwork from a machine-pressed import.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order a larger quantity for an event?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Sets like this go out for weddings, temple events and office Diwali parties fairly often. Message us with your date and rough numbers before you order a set of two and we will tell you what we can hold.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMore festive lighting in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/diwali-diyas-tlights\"\u003eT-Lights \u0026amp; Diwali Diyas\u003c\/a\u003e collection, and the wider \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-festive-decor\"\u003eIndian Festive Decor\u003c\/a\u003e range.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67698226692169,"sku":"hanging-tlight","price":55.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0989\/4002\/6953\/files\/WallHangingT-lightHolder-UrliUtsav1.jpg?v=1792243268"},{"product_id":"walking-ambabari-elephant-statue-handcrafted-wooden-elephant-decor-14","title":"Ambabari Elephant Statue - 14-Inch Hand-Carved Mango Wood","description":"\u003cp\u003eAn ambabari is the canopied howdah strapped to an elephant's back for a Rajasthani procession - a small covered seat with room for two or three riders under a gold canopy. This is that whole arrangement carved in mango wood: a walking elephant in full ceremonial dress, howdah, canopy and riders, fourteen inches tall and twelve long.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14 inches high x 12 inches wide x 5.5 inches deep\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 2.4 kg (approx. 5.3 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMango wood, hand-carved and hand-painted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElephant, howdah, canopy and three riders carved as one piece\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrice is per statue - choose one finish above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e2.4 kg - just over five pounds - of solid mango wood. That weight is the difference between this and the resin elephants sold at the same size, and you feel it the moment you pick it up. The carving is deep: the headdress, the jhool over the elephant's back, the frame of the canopy and three separate riders under it are all cut rather than moulded, then painted over the top. At fourteen inches it is the largest wooden animal we make.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich finish\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatte Black\u003c\/strong\u003e - black ground with the howdah, canopy and trappings picked out in colour. The higher-contrast of the two\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTeal Green\u003c\/strong\u003e - a soft mint-toned green, quieter, and the one that suits a lighter room\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth carry the same gold canopy and the same three riders. The photographs show them side by side, which is the best way to judge between them.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhere it goes\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA console, an entryway table, a mantel, or a bookshelf where it has a full twelve inches of clear run. At five pounds and fourteen inches it is a floor-or-furniture piece rather than a shelf ornament, and it needs space around it - crowded, the canopy and riders stop reading.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat the elephant means\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe processional elephant is Rajasthan's image of ceremony: it carries the bride, the deity and the king. In Indian tradition the elephant itself stands for memory, patience and steady strength, and Ganesha is elephant-headed. A walking elephant - trunk forward, in motion - is read as movement toward good fortune rather than repose, which is why it is given at beginnings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGriha pravesh and housewarmings, weddings and anniversaries, and a new business or office. It is the most substantial gift in the wooden range and it arrives looking like one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe with a soft dry cloth, working into the carved detail with a soft brush. Keep water and cleaning sprays off the painted surface. Painted mango wood does not like standing damp or direct all-day sun.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does ambabari mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe ambabari is the canopied howdah carried on an elephant's back in Rajasthani processions - the covered seat with the roof over it, as opposed to a plain open howdah.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it carved from one piece?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe elephant, howdah, canopy and riders come as one sculpture. There is nothing to assemble.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2.4 kg, about 5.3 lb. Solid mango wood - the weight is the check against a resin cast of the same size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs Teal Green actually teal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt photographs as a soft mint-toned green rather than a deep teal. Look at the pictures before choosing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much shelf does it need?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTwelve inches of clear width and fourteen of height. Measure a bookshelf before assuming it fits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill mine look exactly like the photograph?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eClose, not identical. Every statue is carved and painted by hand, so the faces of the riders and the canopy detail vary between pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order these in bulk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes - it is a common corporate and wedding gift. Email contact@urliutsav.com with your quantity and date and we will quote you and confirm timing before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eShipping is insured. Photograph the damage, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace it or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. If it arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it - transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee more of the range in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/handcrafted-table-decor\"\u003eTable \u0026amp; Shelf Decor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Matte Black","offer_id":67698226921545,"sku":"Ambabari-1","price":160.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Teal Green","offer_id":67698226954313,"sku":"Ambabari-2","price":160.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0989\/4002\/6953\/files\/ambawari-elephant-3.jpg?v=1792243270"},{"product_id":"silver-tone-tray-jar-set","title":"Silver-Tone Tray \u0026 Jar Set - 10-Inch Tray with Lidded Jar","description":"\u003cp\u003eA ten-inch round tray with a pierced silver-tone rim, and a matching four-inch lidded jar to sit on it. The pattern in the centre of both is a laminated ethnic print - a Mahal pavilion scene with lotus and peacocks, or a peacock and floral design - which is what keeps the line work crisp at this size. Sold as a set of two pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet of 2: one 10 inch round tray, one 4 inch lidded jar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal weight: 1.4 lb (approx. 635 g) for the set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetal alloy with a bright silver-tone finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLaminated ethnic print panel on both pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePierced rim on the tray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrice is per set - choose one design above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is a gift that arrives already assembled. Most return gifts are one object; this is a tray with something on it, which reads as a hamper without needing a hamper. The pierced rim on the tray is the detail that lifts it - light comes through the cut-outs and the edge stops looking flat. 1.4 lb for the pair, so it posts easily and it does not feel flimsy in the hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich design\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMahal\u003c\/strong\u003e - a green ground with a pavilion, lotus flowers and peacocks in the Pichwai idiom\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePeacock\u003c\/strong\u003e - a white ground with a peacock and floral work, the lighter and quieter of the two\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth come as a matched tray and jar in the same design. Green reads more traditionally festive; white sits more comfortably on a modern console. The photographs show them side by side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOn a pooja shelf with the jar holding kumkum, elachi or supari. On a console as a catch-all for keys and rings. On a coffee table with dry fruit in the jar. At a function it works as a per-guest gift already presented - nothing to wrap.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMade for the South Indian ceremony gift list: \u003cstrong\u003eSeemantham\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eVaralakshmi Vratam\u003c\/strong\u003e, a half-saree function, Golu. Also standard for weddings, mehndi giveaways, griha pravesh and Diwali. It is the format people order in tens and twenties.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe with a soft dry cloth. Do not soak, do not put in a dishwasher, and keep water off the laminated print panel. Avoid abrasive scourers - the silver-tone finish is a coating, not solid metal.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this real German silver?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. It is a metal alloy with a bright silver-tone finish - the look of German silver rather than the alloy itself. We say so plainly because the difference matters if you are comparing prices.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat do I get for the price?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTwo pieces: the 10-inch tray and the 4-inch lidded jar, in the design you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I serve food on the tray?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDry items on a liner - sweets, dry fruit, supari - are what it is used for. It is a coated alloy with a laminated print, not food-grade steel, so nothing wet or oily and no dishwasher.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the design painted by hand?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. It is a laminated print panel, which is why the detail holds at this scale. The finish around it is applied to the metal.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is a Mahal design?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMahal means palace. The green design shows a pavilion with lotus and peacocks around it, in the Pichwai painting idiom of Nathdwara.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the jar have a lid?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, a fitted lid. It is a storage jar rather than an open bowl.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order these in bulk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, and this is one of our most-quoted sets for functions. Email contact@urliutsav.com with your quantity and your date and we will confirm pricing and timing before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eShipping is insured. Photograph the damage, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace it or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. If it arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it - transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee more gifting pieces in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-return-gifts\"\u003eIndian Return Gifts\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Mahal","offer_id":67698227085385,"sku":"try-mahal-set","price":45.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Peacock","offer_id":67698227118153,"sku":"try-peacock-set","price":45.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0989\/4002\/6953\/files\/SIlverTray21.jpg?v=1792243271"},{"product_id":"gold-hammered-metal-planters-set-of-2","title":"Hammered Gold Planters - Iron, Set of 2 (8 in \u0026 7 in)","description":"\u003cp\u003eTwo hammered iron planters in a warm gold finish, eight inches and seven inches, sold as a pair. The hammering is done by hand, so the light catches each one differently and neither is quite like the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge planter: 8 x 8 x 8 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMedium planter: 7 x 7 x 7 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 1,250 g for the set (2.8 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHammered iron, gold finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSold as a set of two\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand-hammered - the texture varies piece to piece\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIron, not resin and not thin pressed tin. 1,250 g for the pair, hammered by hand and finished in gold - the dents are struck one at a time, which is why the surface breaks up reflected light instead of throwing it back flat. They nest visually rather than physically: the 8 inch sits beside the 7 inch as a pair, and each holds its shape under a full pot of wet soil.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhere it goes\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOn a console or a mantel as a pair, tall plant in the large one and something trailing in the small. Split between two rooms to carry a metallic thread through both. On a kitchen windowsill with herbs. As a table centrepiece at an event, where gold reads well under warm light. Indoors, or on a covered porch - see the outdoor question below.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow to plant them\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe simplest approach with any metal planter is to keep the soil out of the metal: pot the plant in a plastic nursery pot and drop that inside, so you can lift it out to water and the iron never sits in wet soil. It also lets you swap the plant seasonally without repotting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA pair of planters is one of the easier gifts to get right - it does not need to match anything, and it works for a housewarming, a wedding or Diwali. Tell us at checkout if you are sending it directly and we will leave the invoice out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are they made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIron, hammered and finished in gold. Not resin, not plastic, not a coated ceramic. At 1,250 g for the pair you can feel it as soon as you pick one up.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo they have drainage holes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUse them as cachepots - plant into a nursery pot and set that inside. That is the right way to use a metal planter whether or not it drains, because iron and permanently wet soil do not get on. If you need the drainage answer confirmed before ordering, email contact@urliutsav.com and we will check a set in stock for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan they go outside?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOn a covered porch or a sheltered balcony, yes. We would not leave iron out in the rain or through a winter - the finish is decorative rather than weatherproof, and a metal pot in full afternoon sun also cooks roots.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the two look identical?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, and that is the point. The hammering is struck by hand, so the pattern of dents differs between the two and between one set and the next.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big a plant fits?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe 8 inch holds a standard 6 inch nursery pot with room to spare; the 7 inch takes a 5 inch. Think a small monstera or a snake plant in the large one, a pothos or an orchid in the small.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the gold finish?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA dry or barely damp soft cloth. No abrasive pads and no metal polish - the finish is applied, not solid brass, and polish will take it off.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre they sold separately?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, they ship as a set of two.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if they arrive damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eShipping is insured. Photograph the damage, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace the set or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return them?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several sets?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes - they are ordered in multiples for events and table settings. Email contact@urliutsav.com with your quantity and date and we will quote you.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. Both planters travel nested and wrapped in one box. If it arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it - transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee more of the range in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/handcrafted-table-decor\"\u003eTable \u0026amp; Shelf Decor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67698227576905,"sku":"metalplanterset","price":80.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0989\/4002\/6953\/files\/metalplantervase4.jpg?v=1792243273"},{"product_id":"handcrafted-nazar-protection-evil-eye-bohemian-wall-decor","title":"Evil Eye Wall Hanging - Cotton Rope Nazar Charm, 24-Inch","description":"\u003cp\u003eNazar is the Indian word for the evil eye - the harm a covetous look is said to do - and the blue glass eye hung by the door to absorb it is one of the oldest charms in the Mediterranean and South Asia alike. This is that charm made in cotton rope: a glass nazar bead at the centre, coiled rope around it, and a fringe of tassels below. Twenty-four inches from hook to fringe.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e24 inches long x 12 inches wide, including the fringe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 600 g (approx. 1.3 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCotton rope and thread with a glass nazar bead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReady to hang - light enough for a heavy-duty pushpin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrice is per hanging - choose one colour above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMost evil eye wall decor is a printed disc or a stamped metal plate. This one is worked in rope and thread by hand, with a real glass bead set into the middle, which gives it the texture the printed versions cannot fake. At 600 g it is light enough that a heavy-duty pushpin holds it - no drilling, which matters for renters and for the spot immediately beside a door frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich colour\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlue\u003c\/strong\u003e - the traditional colour, deep blue rope and fringe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRed\u003c\/strong\u003e - red rope and fringe around the same blue glass eye\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYellow\u003c\/strong\u003e - sunny yellow, the brightest of the four\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePink\u003c\/strong\u003e - magenta rope and fringe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe glass eye at the centre is blue on all four - it is the rope and the tassels that change. Blue is the traditional choice; the other three exist because the charm is now as much a boho decor object as a protective one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhere it goes\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBeside a front door or an entryway, which is where the charm traditionally goes. Also above a bed, in a nursery, over a desk, or on a covered porch wall. The vertical shape suits the narrow strip between a door frame and a corner.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSpot clean only. Cotton rope will not survive a wash, and water will mark the thread work. Shake the fringe out occasionally and comb it straight with your fingers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is nazar?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNazar is the evil eye - the belief that envy directed at someone can bring them harm. The blue glass eye is hung to catch that look before it lands. It is common across India, Turkey, Greece and the wider Mediterranean, which is why the same symbol turns up in all of them.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the eye real glass?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes - a handcrafted glass bead with the black pupil and blue rings, set into the rope work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere should I hang it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTradition puts it where people enter: a front door, a hallway, a porch. Practically, anywhere it is visible does the job.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is it hung?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt arrives ready to hang. At 600 g a heavy-duty pushpin or a small nail is enough - no anchors, no drilling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it go outside?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA covered porch or a sheltered patio wall is fine. Direct rain and full sun will fade the cotton, so bring it in for the winter if it is exposed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it the same on both sides?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe glass eye and the rope work are on the front. It is made to hang flat against a wall, not to be seen from behind.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it make a good housewarming gift?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is a traditional one - the nazar is hung at a new home for protection. It travels flat and does not need to match anyone's decor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eShipping is insured. Photograph the damage, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace it or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer, so check the dimensions against your wall first.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor hospitality, restaurants, stores or corporate gifting, email contact@urliutsav.com and we will quote you for a bulk order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. If it arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it - transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full range in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/indian-handcrafted-wall-arts\"\u003eIndian Handcrafted Wall Art collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Blue","offer_id":67698227707977,"sku":"evileye-1","price":50.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Pink","offer_id":67698227740745,"sku":"evileye-2","price":50.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Yellow","offer_id":67698227773513,"sku":"evileye-3","price":50.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Red","offer_id":67698227806281,"sku":"evileye-4","price":50.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0989\/4002\/6953\/files\/evileye-1.jpg?v=1792243275"},{"product_id":"indian-block-print-floral-king-quilt","title":"Indian Block Print King Quilt - Reversible Cotton Dohar","description":"\u003cp\u003eA reversible king-size dohar - the lightweight three-layer quilt used across India in place of a duvet in warm weather. Cotton voile on both faces with a flannel layer between, block-printed by hand in Rajasthan, and a different print on each side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e104 x 84 inches (264 x 212 cm) - king\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 1.75 kg (3.9 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e100% cotton voile outer faces, soft flannel middle layer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThree-layer dohar construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFully reversible - a different block print on each face\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand block-printed in Rajasthan, India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry clean or spot clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEight designs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat a dohar is\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot a comforter and not a bedspread. A dohar is three layers of light cotton quilted together - two printed voile faces with soft flannel in the middle - designed for a hot climate and, in practice, for an air-conditioned bedroom. It is warm enough to sleep under and light enough that you do not push it off at two in the morning. At 1.75 kg across a full king it weighs about a third of what a filled comforter does.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBlock-printed rather than screen-printed. The pattern is carved into a wooden block and stamped onto the cloth by hand, one repeat at a time, which is why the registration wanders very slightly and the colour sits in the fibre instead of on top of it. It is fully reversible - the second face is a different print, not a plain backing - so one quilt gives you two rooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich design\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eEight designs at 104 x 84 inches. \u003cstrong\u003ePatchwork\u003c\/strong\u003e is the multicolour one, red, navy and tan squares. \u003cstrong\u003ePaisley\u003c\/strong\u003e is a cream ground with small blue paisley buds. \u003cstrong\u003ePalm\u003c\/strong\u003e is rust and brown palm trees. \u003cstrong\u003eElephant\u003c\/strong\u003e is blue elephants and umbrellas. \u003cstrong\u003eSnapdragon\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eBlossom\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eOasis\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eDaisy\u003c\/strong\u003e are the four florals - a white ground with blue teardrops, a teal floral with a pink border, a blue and cream vine, and a dense pink floral. The photographs run in the same order as the dropdown, and each design has its own reverse print shown in the folded shots.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOver a king or a queen bed as the top layer - on a queen it hangs generously on both sides. As the summer replacement for a duvet. Folded across the foot of the bed for colour. On a sofa as the throw everyone reaches for. In a guest room, where reversible means you can flip it between visitors instead of laundering it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA quilt is one of the few gifts that works for a wedding, a housewarming and a fiftieth birthday without adjustment, and reversible means the recipient's taste only has to match one of the two faces. Tell us at checkout if you are sending it directly and we will leave the invoice out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it fit a queen bed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, with more overhang. At 104 x 84 inches it is cut for a king, so on a queen it drops further down both sides - which many people prefer. On a king it covers the mattress with a normal drop.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow warm is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLight. Three thin layers rather than a filled quilt - warm enough for an air-conditioned room or a mild night, not a substitute for a winter duvet. That is what a dohar is for.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I machine wash it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe care label says dry clean or spot clean, and that is what we will tell you. Hand block-printed cotton can release a little dye on a first wash, which is why the maker specifies it. If washing matters to you, email contact@urliutsav.com before ordering and we will tell you what customers have found.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it really reversible?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Both faces are printed cotton voile with their own design - there is no plain backing. The folded photographs show each pairing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the print be exactly as photographed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe design will, the placement will not. Each block is stamped by hand, so where the repeat falls across the quilt differs from piece to piece and small irregularities in the printing are normal.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the colours run?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNatural dyes on hand block-printed cotton can bleed slightly when wet, which is the reason for the dry-clean instruction. Blot a spill rather than soaking it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it one piece or a set?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOne quilt. No pillow shams or covers are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eShipping is insured. Photograph the problem, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace it or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order several?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes - they are ordered in multiples for guest rooms and for wedding gifting. Email contact@urliutsav.com with your quantity and we will quote you.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. The quilt ships folded in a sealed bag inside a box. If it arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it - transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee more of the range in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/handcrafted-table-decor\"\u003eTable \u0026amp; Shelf Decor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Patchwork","offer_id":67698228101193,"sku":"quilt-king-1","price":125.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Paisley","offer_id":67698228133961,"sku":"quilt-king-2","price":125.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Palm","offer_id":67698228166729,"sku":"quilt-king-3","price":125.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Snapdragon","offer_id":67698228199497,"sku":"quilt-king-4","price":125.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Blossom","offer_id":67698228232265,"sku":"quilt-king-5","price":125.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Oasis","offer_id":67698228265033,"sku":"quilt-king-8","price":125.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Daisy","offer_id":67698228297801,"sku":"quilt-king-7","price":125.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Elephant","offer_id":67698228330569,"sku":"quilt-king-6","price":125.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0989\/4002\/6953\/files\/Quilt-King-15_8e8aadea-fbb0-4b53-ac0e-3e7d99edb63b.jpg?v=1792243277"},{"product_id":"small-coffee-table-boho-nightstand-unique-plant-stand","title":"18 Inch Mango Wood Stool - Boho Plant Stand \u0026 Side Table","description":"\u003cp\u003eAn eighteen-inch round mango wood stool with a hand-worked top - painted on one version, carved in relief on the other. It stands at nightstand height, takes a large planter without wobbling, and the three legs unscrew for storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e18 inches high\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e18 inch round top\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 4,250 g (9.4 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSolid mango wood, hand-painted or hand-carved\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScalloped edge on the top\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThree removable legs - they screw into the underside\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo designs, sold singly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e4,250 g - 9.4 lb - of solid mango wood in a piece only eighteen inches across. Weight is what separates a stool that holds a full ceramic planter from one that tips when you knock it. The top is a single disc of mango, either hand-painted with a floral mandala or carved in deep relief, and both are finished on a scalloped edge. The three legs screw into the underside, which is why it ships in a flat box and stores in a cupboard.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do I need\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFloral Painted\u003c\/strong\u003e - $115. A smooth flat top hand-painted with an orange, yellow and white floral mandala. The colour is the point; it reads brightest in a neutral room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntricate Carved\u003c\/strong\u003e - $120. A mandala cut into the wood in deep relief with small painted flower accents. It reads as texture rather than colour and sits more quietly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eSame wood, same 18 inch diameter, same 18 inch height, same weight. The difference is entirely in the top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhere it goes\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAs a nightstand in a room where a chest of drawers is too much furniture. As a plant stand - eighteen inches of top takes a large ceramic pot and a saucer. Beside a reading chair with a mug and a book on it. In a bay window or a corner where a square table would look wrong. On a covered porch for the season, brought in before winter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is the housewarming gift that gets used rather than shelved, and because the legs come off it ships in a compact box. Tell us at checkout if you are sending it directly and we will leave the invoice out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eThe rest of the family\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor a stool at a lower height with a carved elephant beneath the top, see the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/elephant-stool-side-table-black\"\u003ecarved elephant side tables\u003c\/a\u003e at 13.8 inches. For a woven seat rather than a table, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/boho-dressing-stool-handcrafted-wooden-charpai-rope-seat\"\u003echarpai rope stool\u003c\/a\u003e is 17 inches high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it need assembly?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, lightly. The three legs screw into the underside of the top by hand. There are no tools, no hardware to lose and no instructions to follow - it takes a minute.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I sit on it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWe sell it as a table and a plant stand and we do not publish a load rating, so we will not call it a seat. It is 9.4 lb of solid mango wood on three screw-in legs and it holds a heavy planter without complaint. If you want something built to sit on, the charpai rope stool linked above is.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between painted and carved?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe top. Painted is flat and bright - a floral mandala in orange, yellow and white. Carved is a mandala cut into the wood in relief with small painted accents, so you feel it as much as see it. Everything else about the two is the same.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big a plant will it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe top is an 18 inch circle, so a 12 to 14 inch ceramic planter sits on it with room for a saucer. Use a saucer - the finish is not sealed against standing water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill mine look exactly like the photograph?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eClose, not identical. Both tops are worked by hand, so the painting and the carving vary a little from piece to piece and the mango grain differs from tree to tree.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it go outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eCovered areas for the season - a porch or a screened patio. Not permanently outside. Mango wood moves with humidity and the finish will lift if it is rained on.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA soft dry cloth. On the carved top, a soft brush gets the dust out of the relief. Keep sprays and standing water off the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eShipping is insured. Photograph the damage, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace it or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order a pair?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes - two either side of a bed is the usual reason. Email contact@urliutsav.com with your quantity and we will quote you.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. The top and the three legs travel packed separately in one fragile-marked box. If it arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it - transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee more of the range in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/handcrafted-table-decor\"\u003eTable \u0026amp; Shelf Decor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Floral Painted","offer_id":67698228527177,"sku":"roundstool-1","price":115.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Intricate Carved","offer_id":67698228559945,"sku":"roundstool-2","price":120.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0989\/4002\/6953\/files\/coffeeTable-urli-utsav-1.jpg?v=1792243279"},{"product_id":"pearl-marigold-toran-bandhanwar-indian-door-garland","title":"Pearl Marigold Gota Patti Toran - 3FT or 5FT Bandhanwar","description":"\u003cp\u003eMulti-strand pearl swags alternating with gold filigree balls and hot pink gota patti spheres, layered over marigold pompoms — the most embellished toran we make.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe layering is what photographs well, which is why this one tends to go on wedding and reception entrances rather than everyday doors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 toran\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5FT: 60 inches horizontal, or\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3FT: 36 inches horizontal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: gota patti, pearl beads, artificial marigold flowers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColours: Pink and Yellow, Red and Yellow, Orange and Yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePerfect for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWedding and reception entrances · mandap doorways · Diwali and Dhanteras · Ganesh Chaturthi and Navratri · Griha Pravesh and Shubh Pravesh · anyone who wants the entrance to be the photograph.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWays to use it\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eHang across a wedding or reception entrance where guests will photograph it. Frame a mandap doorway. Use the 5FT for a full double-width entrance and the 3FT for an interior doorway or mantel. Pair it with garland strings down the side pillars to finish the whole frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eOccasions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWeddings and receptions, mandaps, Diwali and Dhanteras, Ganesh Chaturthi, Navratri, Griha Pravesh and Shubh Pravesh, mantels and interior doorways.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy customers love it\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThree different embellishments in one piece — pearl swags, gold filigree and gota patti — give it a depth that single-material torans do not have. It is the piece people choose when the entrance is going to be in the photographs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow to hang\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo push pins or small adhesive hooks at the top corners are enough. No drilling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePins and hooks are not included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet your fixing points about 34 inches apart for the 3FT, or about 58 inches apart for the 5FT. This toran is heavier than a plain floral one, so use a hook rated for at least a pound if you are sticking rather than pinning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare \u0026amp; storage\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndoor use, or a covered entrance. Gota patti and pearl work are not weatherproof.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust with a dry cloth or a soft brush. Do not wash — moisture dulls the gota and loosens the beading.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore flat rather than folded so the pearl swags do not tangle with the pompoms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReusable season after season, which is the whole point of choosing these over fresh flowers that are finished by the evening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eExplore more Indian garlands and festive decor in our full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/buy-affordable-indian-pooja-garlands-online-in-usa-urli-utsav\"\u003eTorans, Garlands \u0026amp; Danglers\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips free across the USA and Canada from San Ramon, California. Most orders leave within one business day. Handmade in India.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"5FT","offer_id":67698228887625,"sku":"Toran-40","price":48.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"3FT","offer_id":67698228920393,"sku":"Toran-55","price":36.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0989\/4002\/6953\/files\/Toran-pearl-6.jpg?v=1792243281"},{"product_id":"diya-lotus-dangler-strings-set-of-10","title":"Lotus and Diya Dangler Strings Set of 10 - MDF Pearl Hangings","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe diya motif is what makes this set different from a plain lotus dangler — an oil lamp silhouette cut in MDF and beaded with pearls, which reads unmistakably as Diwali and Laxmi Pooja rather than generic floral.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eShort and long versions in the same set, so you can stagger heights across a backdrop instead of running one flat line.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 decorative hanging strings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigns: Short Lotus, Long Lotus, Short Diya, Long Diya\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLength: short 4 inches, long 8 to 10 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: MDF cutouts with pearl bead embellishment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour options: Pink, Red, Green, Gold\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePerfect for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDiwali, Laxmi Pooja and Saraswati Pooja · Karwa Chauth setups · Golu and Varalakshmi step backdrops · wedding and haldi backdrops · pooja mandir decor · event photographers building layered walls.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWays to use it\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRun a row of danglers across a backdrop frame, alternating short and long so the line is not flat. Hang them from a curtain rod above a pooja shelf. Edge a mantel or a Golu step. They sit close to the wall, so they work where a full floral string would be too bulky.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eOccasions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDiwali, Laxmi Pooja, Saraswati Pooja, Karwa Chauth, Golu and Varalakshmi, weddings and haldi, pooja mandir decor, photo backdrops.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy customers love it\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe diya cutout says Diwali at a glance where a floral string could be for anything. Mixing short and long drops in one set gives a backdrop depth that a single length cannot.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow to hang\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEach dangler is light enough for a push pin or a small adhesive hook. No drilling and no wall anchors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePins and hooks are not included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpace them 6 to 8 inches apart in a row, and alternate the short and long drops so the bottom edge staggers rather than running flat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare \u0026amp; storage\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndoor use. The MDF and paint are not weatherproof, so keep them out of rain and direct sun.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust with a dry or barely damp cloth. Do not soak.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore hanging or laid flat rather than folded, so the pearl strands do not tangle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReusable season after season, which is the whole point of choosing these over fresh flowers that are finished by the evening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eExplore more Indian garlands and festive decor in our full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/buy-affordable-indian-pooja-garlands-online-in-usa-urli-utsav\"\u003eTorans, Garlands \u0026amp; Danglers\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips free across the USA and Canada from San Ramon, California. Most orders leave within one business day. Handmade in India.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Lotus Short","offer_id":67698229084233,"sku":"dangler-1","price":42.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Lotus Long","offer_id":67698229117001,"sku":"dangler-2","price":42.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Diya Short","offer_id":67698229149769,"sku":"dangler-3","price":42.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Diya Long","offer_id":67698229182537,"sku":"dangler-4","price":42.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0989\/4002\/6953\/files\/dangler-diya-garland1.jpg?v=1792243282"},{"product_id":"handcrafted-mango-wood-roti-box-9-inch","title":"Wooden Roti Box with Lid - 9-Inch Mango Wood Chapati Keeper","description":"\u003cp\u003eA roti box - a casserole in Indian kitchens, a chapati keeper in English - is the lidded round container that goes on the table with a stack of hot rotis inside, so the last one off the tawa is as soft as the first. This one is turned from mango wood, nine inches across, with an inlay pattern set into the lid and a brass knob to lift it by.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e9 inch diameter x 4.5 inches high, including the lid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMango wood in a natural finish, with white inlay on the lid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrass knob on the lid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolds a full family stack of rotis, chapatis, parathas, naan or tortillas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrice is per box - choose one design above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMost roti boxes are stainless steel or insulated plastic and live in a cupboard. This one is wood, and it is meant to sit on the table between meals rather than be put away. The lid carries a band of white inlay worked into the natural grain - not painted on top of it, so the pattern is flush with the surface and will not scuff off. Mango wood is the standard timber for Indian turned woodwork: dense, close-grained, and cut from trees at the end of their fruiting life rather than felled for timber.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich design\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePalace Petal\u003c\/strong\u003e - a floral medallion inlay radiating from the knob\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRoyal Paisley\u003c\/strong\u003e - a scrolling paisley band around the lid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth are white inlay on natural mango wood with a brass knob, and both are the same size. The choice is pattern, not colour.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOn the dining table at dinner, which is the point of it. Between meals it works as a dry-fruit box, a spice keeper, a bread bin for a small kitchen, or simply a lidded bowl on a console. It is one of the few Indian kitchen pieces that does not look out of place left out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it actually keep rotis warm?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt holds heat the way any lidded wooden container does - better than an open plate, not as well as an insulated steel casserole. Wood is a poor conductor, so the warmth stays in the stack rather than bleeding out through the walls. For a meal served within half an hour of cooking it does the job. For rotis made two hours ahead, wrap them in a cloth inside the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eHousewarming and griha pravesh, a wedding present for a couple setting up a kitchen, Diwali, or a gift for someone who cooks. It is the rare Indian decor gift that gets used at dinner rather than displayed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe with a barely damp cloth after use and air dry fully before putting the lid back on. Never submerge it, never put it in a dishwasher. Rub it with a food-safe mineral oil every few months to keep the wood from drying out and cracking - the same treatment a wooden chopping board wants.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many rotis does it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA full family stack. At nine inches across and four and a half deep it takes more than most households make in a sitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it food safe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is untreated natural mango wood on the inside, which is how wooden roti boxes have always been used in India. Most people line it with a cotton cloth or a roti napkin, which also helps with the steam.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it go mouldy from the steam?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNot if you air dry it. Take the lid off after the meal and let it dry before closing it - trapped moisture is the only thing that causes trouble.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the inlay painted or set into the wood?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSet in. The pattern is flush with the surface rather than sitting on top of it, so it does not wear off with use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it for tortillas?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes - same job, same size. Nine inches suits a standard flour tortilla.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill mine look exactly like the photograph?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eClose, not identical. Mango wood grain differs from tree to tree, so the colour of the wood varies between boxes even within one design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I put it in the microwave?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. It is solid wood with a brass knob.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I order these in bulk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Email contact@urliutsav.com with your quantity and date and we will quote you and confirm timing before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eShipping is insured. Photograph the damage, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace it or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. If it arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it - transit damage is covered.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee more of the range in our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/handcrafted-table-decor\"\u003eTable \u0026amp; Shelf Decor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Palace Petal","offer_id":67698229411913,"sku":"rotibox-1","price":70.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Royal Paisley","offer_id":67698229444681,"sku":"rotibox-2","price":70.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0989\/4002\/6953\/files\/RotiBox-9.jpg?v=1792243284"},{"product_id":"red-pearl-garland-set-of-6-strings","title":"Red Fabric and Pearl Door Garland Set of 6 - 3FT with Hook","description":"\u003cp\u003eCream pearl cascades dropping from a metal hook into a cluster of red fabric petals, finished with a cream tassel. The hook means no pinning and no adhesive — it goes over a door frame or a rod in seconds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSix strings is enough to drape a full doorway, frame a mandir, or line a wedding arch from one order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6 strings, 3 feet long each\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: pearl beads, fabric petals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Red and white\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetal hook included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandmade in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePerfect for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWedding entrances, mandaps and arches · Diwali, Dussehra and Navratri doorways · Griha Pravesh and housewarmings · home mandir framing · anyone who does not want to put pins in a rented wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWays to use it\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eHook the strings straight over a door frame or a curtain rod. Line a wedding arch. Frame a home mandir on both sides. The red and white palette also carries straight into Christmas styling, so the set does not sit in a box for eleven months of the year.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eOccasions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWeddings, mandaps and arches, Diwali, Dussehra, Navratri, Griha Pravesh, housewarmings, Ganesh Chaturthi, baby showers, birthdays, Christmas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy customers love it\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe metal hook is the difference — nothing to pin, nothing to stick, and nothing left behind on the paintwork. Six strings cover a full doorway in one order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow to hang\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe metal hook at the top slips straight over a door frame, a curtain rod or a picture rail. No pins, no adhesive and no drilling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhere there is no frame to hook over, a small adhesive hook works just as well — hooks are not included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAcross a doorway, space the six strings 8 to 10 inches apart so the pearl cascades hang clear of one another.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare \u0026amp; storage\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndoor use. The fabric petals and tassels are not weatherproof.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust with a dry cloth. Do not soak the pearl strands.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore hanging from the hook, or laid flat rather than folded, so the cascades do not tangle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReusable season after season, which is the whole point of choosing these over fresh flowers that are finished by the evening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eExplore more Indian garlands and festive decor in our full \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/buy-affordable-indian-pooja-garlands-online-in-usa-urli-utsav\"\u003eTorans, Garlands \u0026amp; Danglers\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eShips free across the USA and Canada from San Ramon, California. Most orders leave within one business day. Handmade in India.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":67698229575753,"sku":"UU27","price":50.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0989\/4002\/6953\/files\/PearlGarlands-12.jpg?v=1792243286"},{"product_id":"brass-ashtalakshmi-pooja-kalash","title":"Brass Ashtalakshmi or Dashavatar Kalash - 3 Sizes, Engraved","description":"\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003ekalash\u003c\/strong\u003e is the brass pot filled with water and topped with mango leaves and a coconut at the centre of a \u003cstrong\u003eKalash Sthapana\u003c\/strong\u003e. These are hand-engraved with either the \u003cstrong\u003eAshtalakshmi\u003c\/strong\u003e - the eight forms of Lakshmi - or the \u003cstrong\u003eDashavatar\u003c\/strong\u003e, the ten incarnations of Vishnu, in three size and motif combinations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct details\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDashavatar (M): 5.5 in high, 4 in top diameter, 500 g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDashavatar (L): 7.5 in high, 6 in top diameter, 1,030 g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAshtalakshmi (L): 7.5 in high, 6 in top diameter, 1,060 g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: brass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: golden polish with hand-engraved motifs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandcrafted in India\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy this one\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe engraving is figurative, not floral.\u003c\/strong\u003e Eight Lakshmis in arched niches, or ten avatars in sequence - each one cut by hand rather than pressed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree options at three weights\u003c\/strong\u003e, from a 500 g pot you can carry one-handed through a griha pravesh to a 1,060 g altar kalash.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid brass\u003c\/strong\u003e, so it holds water, milk or Gangajal for ritual use rather than being decorative only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich one do I need\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThree options, differing in size and in which motif is engraved:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDashavatar, medium\u003c\/strong\u003e - 5.5 in tall, 4 in across the mouth, 500 g. The carry-in-procession size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDashavatar, large\u003c\/strong\u003e - 7.5 in tall, 6 in across the mouth, 1,030 g. The everyday altar size, big enough for a full Kalash Sthapana with a coconut on top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAshtalakshmi, large\u003c\/strong\u003e - 7.5 in tall, 6 in across the mouth, 1,060 g. Same size as the large Dashavatar, engraved with the eight Lakshmis instead.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf the kalash is for Lakshmi Puja, Varalakshmi Vratam or Diwali, choose Ashtalakshmi. For Satyanarayan Puja and Vishnu-centred rituals, choose Dashavatar. For a griha pravesh where someone carries it in, the medium is easier to hold steady.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhere it works\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOn the altar at the centre of a Kalash Sthapana, carried at the front of a griha pravesh procession, or set on an entrance table with mango leaves and a coconut during a festival.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGifting\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA standard griha pravesh and wedding gift, and a common return gift at housewarmings. The medium Dashavatar is the size most often given in quantity.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich motif should I choose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAshtalakshmi for Lakshmi Puja, Varalakshmi Vratam and Diwali. Dashavatar for Satyanarayan Puja and Vishnu-centred rituals. Outside a specific puja either is used simply as an auspicious pot.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the Ashtalakshmi?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe eight forms of Lakshmi, each governing a different kind of wealth - Adi, Dhana, Dhanya, Gaja, Santana, Veera, Vijaya and Vidya Lakshmi. They cover prosperity, grain, courage, progeny, victory and knowledge, not money alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I fill it with water for puja?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. That is what it is for - water, milk or Gangajal, usually topped with mango leaves and a coconut. Empty and dry it thoroughly afterwards.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill a coconut sit on top?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOn the two large options, yes - the 6 inch mouth takes a standard coconut. The 5.5 inch medium has a 4 inch mouth, which is tight for a full-size coconut.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the finish change over time?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBrass darkens naturally. Polish it back with a standard brass cleaner if you prefer it bright, or leave it to deepen - both are normal and neither harms the piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLemon and salt or a standard brass polish before festivals brings the shine back. Dry it completely after any use with water or milk.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if it arrives damaged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eShipping is insured. Photograph the damage, email contact@urliutsav.com, and we will replace it or make it right.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I return it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, within 30 days in original condition and packaging. Return shipping is arranged and paid by the customer, so please check the dimensions against your space first.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFree insured shipping across the USA and Canada. Ships from San Ramon, California, usually within one business day. Brass is heavy and we pack it accordingly - if anything arrives damaged, send us a photo and we will resolve it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee more brass decor and spiritual pieces in our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/urliutsav.com\/collections\/brass-love\"\u003eBrass Love Collection\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Urli Utsav Decor","offers":[{"title":"Dashavatar-M","offer_id":67698229805129,"sku":"brass-kalash-3","price":99.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Dashavatar","offer_id":67698229837897,"sku":"brass-kalash-2","price":200.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Ashtalakshmi","offer_id":67698229870665,"sku":"brass-kalash-1","price":200.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0989\/4002\/6953\/files\/varlaxmi-kalash-14.jpg?v=1792243288"}],"url":"https:\/\/colig.shop\/collections\/202pin.oembed","provider":"Silvara","version":"1.0","type":"link"}